The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2505 GATEWAY RD; ; FPC2017-0373; PermitPERMIT REPORT 4City of Carlsbad Print Date: 10/20/2021 Permit No: FPC2017-0373 Job Address: 2505 GATEWAY RD, CARLSBAD, CA 92009-1742 Status: Closed - Finalec Permit Type: FIRE-Construction Commercial Work Class: Parcel #: 2132601100 Track #: Valuation: $880,735.00 Lot #: Occupancy Group: Project #: #of Dwelling Units: Plan #: Bedrooms: Construction Type: Bathrooms: Orig. Plan Check #: Plan Check #: Fire Sprinklers Applied: 12/18/2017 Issued: 01/29/2018 DEV2016-0015 Finaled Close Out: 04/03/2019 Inspector: Final Inspection: Project Title: VIASAT BRESSI RANCH CAMPUS Description: VIASAT: DINING & CONFERENCE ROOMS -SPRINKLER NFPA 13 >100 (201) Applicant: FPContractor: WESTERN FIRE PROTECTION INC WESTERN FIRE PROTECTION INC MARIO MACK 13630 DANIELSON ST 13630 DANIELSON ST P0 WAY, CA 92064-6830 P0 WAY, CA 92064-6830 (858) 513-4949 (858) 513-4949 FEE AMOUNT FIRE NFPA 13 System> 100 heads (includes 1 riser) $832.00 FIRE Plan Review Per Hour - Office Hours $132.00 Total Fees: $964.00 Total Payments To Date: $964.00 Balance Due: $0.00 Fire Department Page 1 of 1 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad CA 92008-7314 1.760-602-4665 1 760-602-8561 f I www.carlsbadca.gov F-PC D-F-j 111 Hydraulic Overview I Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONE. Reoort Descriotion: AREA #3 Job Job Nr,nbo, Design Engineer 17-0904 R. HOEKSTRA Job No,nn: Phone FAX VIASAT BRESSI RANCH 916.202.1504 Address I State Ce aoonXJcanoe Number CAFE & CONFERENCE CENTER WARM SHELL C-16 588039 Address S AHJ 2505 GATEWAY ROAD CARLSBAD FIRE DISTRICT Address 3 Job Sitolbailding CARLSBAD, CA 92009 MAIN LEVEL System Density Area otAppiaadon 0.150gpm/ft2 1500.00ft2 (Actual 1636.63ft2) Mont Donrondreg Spnnsier Data Hosa Sboo,no 11.2 K-Factor 60.00 at 28.700 150.00 Coneroge Per Sprinkler Number Of Sprinklers Calculated 130.00ft2 8 Sysier,Pr000,ae Demand Snorer, Flow Oon,ond 94.001 506.44 Total Demand Pressure Result 656.44 @ 94.001 +20.757 (18.1%) Supplies Check Point Gauges Node Name Flow(nom) Hose FIow(aom) Static(osi) Residual(osfl Identifier Pressure(osi) K-Factor(K) Flow(aom) 1 Water Supply 6750.00 150.00 115.000 97.000 VBR_BC&C-EP3-4-L1_PlPlNG2 Water Supply at Node 1(6750.00, 150.00, 115.000, 97.000) 150- 135- 120- Static Pressure 15.000 105- 06.44 @'94.00'16750.00 97.000 .3 90 56.44 with hose streams CL 75 60 ystem demand curve 15 0- I 1IL "111111 UJLLIJ LLLI.LLL U.LLLI.I.L LLLLJ.L1.L' t till II ill lit iii ,%%0&200 6500 7800 9100 10400 11700 13000 Water flow, gpm ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. JAutoSPRINK® 12 02.1.1.0 8/7/2018 1:28:30PM Page 1 ~jjjjHydraulic Summary :j Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. Reoort DescrirDtion: AREA #3 Job Job Number Design Enprneer 17-0904 R. HOEKSTRA Job Name: State Ceftfisatonluoense Number VIASAT BRESSI RANCH C-16 588039 Address 1 CAFE & CONFERENCE CENTER WARM SHELL AHJ CARLSBAD FIRE DISTRICT Add.. 2 Job Sim/Building 2505 GATEWAY ROAD MAIN LEVEL Address 3 Drawing Name CARLSBAD, CA 92009 VBR_BC&C-FP34-L1_PIPING2 System Remote Area(s) Most Demanding Sprinkler Data Ouuupancy Job Soffia 11.2 K-Factor 60.00 at 28.700 Ordinary Group I BRESSI CAFE/CONF. lana Akwafloe At Source Density Area of Application 150.00 0.150gpm/ft2 1500.00ft2 (Actual 1636.63ft2) Additional Rosa Supplies Number 01 Spnnklxm Calculated Coverage Per Sprinkler Node Flow(am) 8 130.oOft° Hose At Node 6 100.00 Total Rosa Streams 250.00 System Flow Demand Total Plator Required(including Maca Allowance) 506.44 656.44 Maxim Presuure Unbalance In Loops 00 Maximum Velocity Above Ground 24.94 between nodes 2011 and 1011 Maxim um Velocity Under Ground 5.98 between nodes 4 and 5 Volume capacity 01 Wet Pipes Volume capacity of Dry Pipes 1935.43ga1 Supplies Hose Flow Static Residual Flow Available Total Demand Required Safety Margin ,_. ,... Node Name (gpm) (psi) (psi) -' (gpm) °—' (psi) (gpm) (psi) (psi) 1 Water Supply 150.00 115.000 97.000 I 6750.00 1 114.759 656.44 94.001 20.757 Contractor ConSactorNumber ConlactName ContautliSe WFP INC. RAY LAMBERT DESIGN MANAGER Name of Contractor Phone Extension WESTERN FIRE PROTECTION, INC. 858.5153.4949 hddrewol 13630 DANIELSON ST. FAX 858.513.1322 Address 2 POWAY, CA. 92064 E.rnail Address """Si" . © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. 'jjAutoSPRINK® 12 02.1.1.0 8/7/2018 1:28:32PM Page 2 Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. ReDort DescriDtion: AREA #3 Water Supply at Node I 150- 135---- 120— :Static Pressure 115.000 105 - 506.44 94.001 6750.00 97.000 656A4 with hose streams90 H--- s tem demand curve 45 30—--- 15— 0-2 MWLLL W.UJ.LUIHHH IIIIIII 111111111 111111111 111111111 11111111 111111111 93002600 3900 5200 6500 7800 9100 10400 11700 13000 Water flow, gpm Hydroulis Graph Water Supply at Node 1 Static: Pressure 115.000 Residual: Pressure Test Conducted By lest Witnessed By 97.000 @ 6750.00 CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMEN JENNIFER R. MAEL P.E. Aveilabte Pressure at Tone of Test Date of Test 114.759 @656.44 07.11.17 System Demand Hydrant Numbers Location 94.001 @ 506.44 H20158 2456 TOWN GARDEN ROAD Syatam Demand (brokdba Here Alowarco atSoume) 94.001 @ 656.44 , 0 M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.1.1.0 8/7/2018 1:28:33PM Page 3 l Summary Of Outfiowing Devices I Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONE. Report Description: AREA #3 Device Actual Flow (gpm) Minimum Flow (gpm) K-Factor (K) Pressure (psi) Hose 6 100.00 100.00 0 82.286 Sprinkler 1005 36.38 19.50 5.6 42.211 Sprinkler 1006 36.39 19.50 5.6 42.237 Sprinkler 1007 36.82 19.50 5.6 43.240 Sprinkler 1008 36.95 19.50 5.6 43.526 Sprinkler 1009 61.87 60.00 11.2 30.518 c Sprinkler 1010 60.00 60.00 11.2 28.700 Sprinkler 1011 72.13 58.00 11.2 41.474 Q Most Demanding Sprinkler Data , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.1.1.0 8/7/2018 1:28:34PM Page 4 ~jjljNode Analysis I Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONE Report Description: AREA #3 Node Elevation(Foot) Fittings Pressure(psi) Discharge(gpm) 1 -3-0 S, T(38'-11%) 94.001 506.44 6 0-6 Hose 82.286 100.00 1005 14-0 Spr(-42.211) 42.211 36.38 1006 14-0 Spr(-42.237) 42.237 36.39 1007 14-0 Spr(-43.240) 43.240 36.82 1008 14-0 Spr(-43.526) 43.526 1009 14-4 Spr(-30.518) (i8 ) (61.87 ) 1010 14-4 Spr(-28.700) 60.00 1011 14-0 Spr(-41.474) 41.474 72.13 1012 14-0 Spr(-34.606) 34.606 65.89 2 -3-0 E(32-8%) 93.531 3 -3-0 E(22-11%) 88.375 4 -3-0 T(38-11%) 87.495 5 4-0 E(24'-21A) 83.963 10 1611/i fE(9'-61,4) 74.236 20 12-4% ff(22-5%) 66.391 21 14'- P0(11-8) 61.101 22 14-0% P0(11-8) 60.913 81 - 17-3 P0(5-11%) 42.380 ' 2005 15-3 P0(5-11%) 51.984 2006 15-3 P0(5-11%) 52.558 2007 15-3 P0(5-11%) 53.000 2008 15-3 P0(5-11%) 52.794 2010 17-3 P0(5-111/2) 44.292 2011 18-4 P0(5-11%) 65.213 2012 17-8 P0(5-11%) 63.137 3001 15-3 T(11'-8) 54.697 3002 18-4 P0(11-8) 65.561 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. ]AutoSPRINK® 12 02.1.1.0 8/7/2018 1:28:35PM Page 5 Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. Report Description: AREA #3 Pipe Type Diameter Flow Velocity HWC Friction Loss Length Pressure Downstream Upstream Elevation Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings Eq. Length Total Length Summary - Routel ..... AO 1.0870 60.00 20.74 120 0.835236 7-1 Pf 16.849 1010 2010 14-4 17-3 60.00 11.2 28.700 44.292 Sprinkler, 3E(2'-4Y2), P0(5-11%) 13-1 20-2 Pe -1.257 Pv BL 1.7400 121.87 16.44 120 0.313408 20-DY2 Pt 15.433 2010 21 17-3 14-1 61.87 44.292 61.101 Flow (q) from Route 2 2LtE(2-11), T(11'-8), P0(11-8) 29'-2Y2 49-3 Pe 1.375 Pv FM 3.3160 268.42 9.97 120 0.058421 39-10 Pt 4.546 21 20 14-1 124h/2 146.55 61.101 66.391 Flow (q) from Route 5 fT(19'-O), 2fE(7'-3%), Eel (441,4) 37'-11Y2 7791,4 Pe 0.745 Pv FM 4.3160 268.42 5.89 120 0.016185 39-1% Pt 1.406 20 2011 12-4% 18-4 66.391 65.213 5fE(9'-61/2) 47-8% 86-10 Pe -2.584 Pv FM 4.3160 340.55 7.47 120 0.025139 13-10 Pt 0.348 2011 3002 18-4 18-4 72.13 65.213 65.561 Flow (q) from Route 13-10 Pe Pv FM 4.3160 406.44 8.91 120 0.034869 1417h/2 Pt 7.718 3002 10 18-4 16-1% 65.89 65.561 74.236 Flow (q) from Route 3 6fE(9'-61/2), ff(22-51/2) 7981/2 221-4 Pe 0.957 Pv FR 4.3160 406.44 8.91 120 0.034869 17-8% Pt 1.282 10 6 16-1% 0-6 74.236 82.286 f(-0.000), 2fE(9'-61,4) 19-1 36-9 Pe 6.768 Pv UG 6.4000 506.44 5.05 140 0.005782 3-6 Pt 0.160 6 5 0-6 -3-0 100.00 82.286 83.963 Hose E(24-2%) 24-2% 27-8% Pe 1.517 Pv UG 5.8800 506.44 5.98 150 0.007689 311-4 Pt 3.532 5 4 4-0 4-0 83.963 87.495 3EE(9-1), 2E(18-2), CV(41-61/2), PIV(3'-10%), T(38'-ll%) 148-0% 459-4% Pe Pv UG 7.7100 506.44 3.48 150 0.002055 335-11% Pt 0.879 4 3 4-0 4-0 87.495 88.375 4EE(11-6), 2E(22'-111/2) 91-10% 427-10% Pe Pv UG 8.5100 506.44 2.86 140 0.001443 10-0 Pt 5.156 3 2 4-0 4-0 88.375 93.531 3E(32'-8%), BFP(-5.000) 98-2 108-2 Pe Pv UG 5.8800 506.44 5.98 150 0.007689 18-4% Pt 0.471 2 1 4-0 4-0 93.531 94.001 GV(3'-101/2), S. T(38'-111/2) 42-10 61-3 Pe Pv 150.00 Hose Allowance At Source 1 656.44 = ..... Route 2 ..... AO 1.0870 61.87 21.39 120 0.884065 4-11/2 Pt 13.118 1009 81 14-4 17-3 61.87 11.2 30.518 42.380 Sprinkler, 2E(2'-41/2), P0(5-11%) 10-8% 14-10 Pe -1.257 Pv BL 1.7400 61.87 8.35 120 0.089423 18-51/2 Pt 1.912 81 2010 17-3 17-3 42.380 44.292 LtE(2'-11) 2-11 21-4% Pe Pv Route 3 ..... AO 1.0870 65.89 22.78 120 0.993082 11-3% Pt 30.115 1012 2012 14-0 17-8 65.89 11.2 34.606 63.137 Sprinkler, 3E(2'-41/.), T(5-11%), P0(5-11%) 19-0% 30-4 Pe -1.584 Pv BL 1.7400 65.89 8.89 120 0.100450 3'-8 Pt 2.713 2012 3002 17-8 18-4 63.137 65.561 T(11'-8), P0(11-8) 23-4 27-0 Pe -0.289 Pv -Route 4 ..... AO 1.0870 72.13 24.94 120 1.174116 11-1% Pt 25.611 1011 2011 14-0 18-4 72.13 11.2 41.474 65.213 Sprinkler, 2E(2'-4%), P0(5-11%) 10-8% 21-10 Pe -1.873 Pv =.Route 5 ..... AO 1.0870 36.38 12.58 120 0.331042 9-9 Pt 10.314 1005 2005 14-0 15-3 36.38 5.6 42.211 51.984 Sprinkler, 4E(2'-41/2), T(5'-111/2), P0(5-111/2) 21-5 31-2 Pe -0.542 Pv BL 1.7400 36.38 4.91 120 0.033485 17-2 Pt 0.575 2005 2006 15-3 15-3 51.984 52.558 17-2 Pe Pv BL 1.7400 72.78 9.82 120 0.120747 6-0% Pt 2.138 2006 3001 15-3 15-3 36.39 52.558 54.697 Flow (q) from Route 6 T(11'-8) 11-8 17-8% Pe Pv BL 1.7400 146.55 19.77 120 0.440798 1-2% Pt 5.686 3001 22 15-3 14-0% 73.77 54.697 60.913 Flow (q) from Route 7 P0(11-8) 11-8 12-11 Pe 0.530 Pv &©M.E.P.CAD, Inc. JAutoSPRlNK®12v12.1.1.0 8/7/2018 1:28:37PM Page 6 IHydraulic Analysis I l is Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. Report Description: AREA #3 Pipe Type Diameter Flow Velocity HWC Friction Loss Length Pressure Downstream Elevation Upstream Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings Eq. Length Total Length Summary FM 3.3160 146.55 5.44 120 0.019069 11-0 Pt 0.210 22 14-0% 21 14-1 60.913 61.101 11-0 Pe -0.022 I Pv =. ..... Route 6 ..... AO 1.0870 36.39 12.58 120 0.331232 114h/2 Pf 10.863 1006 14-0 2006 15-3 36.39 5.6 42.237 52.558 Sprinkler, 4E(2'-4%), T(5'-11Y2), P0(5-11%) 21-5 32-91/2 Pe -0.542 Pv =. ..... Route 7 ..... AO 1.0870 36.82 12.73 120 0.338501 901,4 Pf 10.302 1007 14-0 2007 15-3 36.82 5.6 43.240 53.000 Sprinkler, 4E(2'-41/2), T(5'-11%), P0(5-111/2) 21-5 30-5 Pe -0.542 Pv BL 1.7400 73.77 9.95 120 0.123810 2-0% Pf 1.696 2007 15-3 3001 15-3 36.95 53.000 54.697 Flow (q) from Route 8 1(11-8) 11-8 13-8% Pe Pv =......Route 8 ..... AO 1.0870 36.95 12.77 120 0.340573 9-9% Pt 9.809 1008 14-0 2008 15-3 36.95 5.6 43.526 52.794 Sprinkler, 3E(2'-41/.), T(5-111/2), P0(5-11%) 19'0Y 28-9% Pe -0.542 Pv BL 1.7400 36.95 4.98 120 0.034449 6-0 Pt 0.207 2008 15-3 2007 15-3 52.794 53.000 - . 6-0 Pe Pv Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) I I Actual Inside Diameter 487 Schedule 40 Steel Pipe InsideDiameter Factor Multiplier Of C 100 130 tV~alue ying Factor 0.713 1.16 140 150 1.33 1.51 , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. i]AutoSPRINK® 12 02.1.1.0 8/7/2018 1:28:37PM Page 7 111 IHydrau1ic Analysis I Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONE. Report Description: AREA #3 )ownstream Elevation Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings Jpstream Pipe Type Legend Units Legend AO Arm-Over Diameter Inch BL Branch Line Elevation Foot CM Cross Main Flow gpm DN Drain Discharge gpm DR Drop Velocity fps DY Dynamic Pressure psi FM Feed Main Length Foot FR Feed Riser Friction Loss psi/Foot MS Miscellaneous HWC Hazen-Williams Constant OR Outrigger Pt Total pressure at a point in a pipe RN Riser Nipple Pn Normal pressure at a point in a pipe SP sprig Pf Pressure loss due to friction between points ST Stand Pipe Pe Pressure due to elevation difference between indicated points UG Underground Pv Velocity pressure at a point in a pipe Length Pressure --I Eq. Length Summary Total Length Fittings Legend ALV Alarm Valve AngV Angle Valve b Bushing BalV Ball Valve BFP Backflow Preventer BV Butterfly Valve C Cross Flow Turn 90° cplg Coupling Cr Cross Run CV Check Valve DelV Deluge Valve DPV Dry Pipe Valve E 90° Elbow EE 45° Elbow Eel 11W Elbow Ee2 22W Elbow Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow fig Flange EN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve P0 Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90° Tr Tee Run U Union WirE Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. 11] AutoSPRINK® 12 02.1.1.0 8/7/2018 1:28:37PM Page 8 , © ME.P.CAD, Inc. J AutoSPRINK® 12 02.1.1.0 8/7/2018 1:28:40PM Page 9 ~jjq jFlow Diagram (Isometric View) I Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESS CAFE/CONF. ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. Wd AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.1.1.0 8/7/2018 1:28:44PM Page 10 tqcci Fire Protection Products Worldwide Contacts I www.tyco-fire.com Series TYIFRB - 5,6 K-factor Horizontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers Quick Response, Standard Coverage General Description The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hori- zontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers described in this data sheet are quick response -standard coverage, dec- orative 3 mm glass bulb type spray sprinklers designed for use in light and ordinary hazard, commercial occu- pancies such as banks, hotels, shop- ping malls, etc. They are designed for installation along a wall or the side of a beam and just beneath a smooth ceiling. Sidewall sprinklers are com- monly used instead of pendent or upright sprinklers due to aesthetics or building construction considerations, where piping across the ceiling is not desirable. The recessed version of the Series TY-FRB Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler is intended for use in areas with a fin- ished wall. It uses a two-piece Style 10 Recessed Escutcheon with 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 3/4 inch (19,1 mm) of total adjust- ment from the flush sidewall position, or a two-piece Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon with 1/4 inch (6,4 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) of total adjustment from the flush sidewall position. The adjustment provided by the Recessed Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the fixed pipe nipples to the sprinklers must be cut. Corrosion resistant coatings, where applicable, are utilized to extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which would otherwise be obtained IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 6 when exposed to corrosive atmo- spheres. Although corrosion resistant coated sprinklers have passed the standard corrosion tests of the appli- cable approval agencies, the testing is not representative of all possible cor- rosive atmospheres. Consequently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suit- ability of these coatings for any given corrosive environment. The effects of ambient temperature, concentration of chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity, should be considered, as a minimum, along with the corrosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. The Series TY-FRB Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to the standards of any other authori- ties having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Numbers TY3331 - Horizontal TY3431 - Vertical DECEMBER 2016 TFPI76 TFPI76 Page 2 of 6 1 - Frame DEFLECTOR 2 - Button HAT 3 - Sealing Assembly 4 - Bulb 5 - Compression Screw / 6 - Deflector * 6* 4 2 3 9/16" WRENCH 1/2 ** (14,3 mm) FLATS NPT I LJ 1-13/16" 7/16" H(46,0 mm) ____ (11,1mm) 1 CENTERLINE NOMINAL I OF SPRINKLER MAKE-IN WATERWAY 1-1/2 38,1 mmi * Temperature rating is indicated on ______ 2-3/16" Deflector. (55,6 mm) ESCUTCHEON ** ______ STYLE PLATE SEATING Pipe thread 10 or 20 connections per I RECESSED SURFACE ISO 7-1 can be I ESCUTCHEON provided on I special request. 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) FIGURE 1 5.6 K-FACTOR QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3331) SPRINKLERS Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed. FM Approved LPCB Approved NYC Approved. (Refer to Table A for complete approval information including corrosion resistant status.) Maximum Working Pressure Refer to Table B Discharge Coefficient K=5.6 GPM/p5i1/2 (80,6 LPM/bar"2) Temperature Ratings Refer to Table A Finishes Sprinkler: Refer to Table C Recessed Escutcheon: Signal or Pure White, Jet Black, Chrome Plated, or Brass Plated Physical Characteristics Frame ............................Bronze Button ......................Brass/Copper Sealing Assembly.. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb...............................Glass Compression Screw .................Bronze HSW Deflector .....................Bronze VSW Deflector.....................Copper Operation The glass bulb Contains a fluid which expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. Design Criteria The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hor- izontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprin- klers are intended for fire protection systems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules rec- ognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency (e.g., UL Listing is based on the requirements of NFPA 13, and FM Approval is based on the requirements of FM's Loss Prevention Data Sheets). Only the Style 10 or 20 Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable, is to be used for recessed horizontal installations. Installation The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hori- zontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) to 3/32 inch (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) temperature ratings. A leak tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 7 to 14 ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprin- kler and cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to make-up for insuf- ficient adjustment in the escutcheon plate by under-or over-tightening the sprinkler. Readjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Series TY-FRB Horizontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler Installation The Series TY-FRB Horizontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the fol- lowing instructions. Step 1. Horizontal sidewall sprinklers are to be installed in the horizontal position with their centerline of water- way perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word "TOP" on the Deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Vertical sidewall sprinklers are to be installed in the pendent or upright position with the arrow on the Deflec- tor pointing away from the wall. TFPI76 Page 3 of 6 Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 5), With reference to Figure 1 or 2, the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the wrench flats. Series TY-FRB Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Installation The Series TY-FRB Recessed Horizon- tal Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. Step A. Recessed horizontal sidewall sprinklers are to be installed in the hori- zontal position with their centerline of waterway perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word "TOP" on the Deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Step B. After installing the Style 10 or 20 Mounting Plate over the sprinkler threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step C. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 6). With reference to Figure 1, the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the sprin- kler wrench flats. Step D. After the ceiling has been installed or the finish coat has been applied, slide on the Style 10 or 20 Closure over the Series TY-FRB Sprin- kler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. Care and Maintenance The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hori- zontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be notified. Absence of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, may delay the time to sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Sprinklers that are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. * Temperature ** Pipe thread rating is connections indicated on per ISO 7-1 can Deflector. be provided on special request. 7/16' ESCUTCHEON (11,1 mm) PLATE SEATING NOMINAL SURFACE 1/2 ** MAKE-IN kIT Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- kler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installa- tion Section). The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging any objects and that the sprinklers are only cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non- operation in the event of a fire or inad- vertent operation may result. Frequent visual inspections are rec- ommended to be initially performed for corrosion resistant coated sprin- klers, after the installation has been completed, to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereafter, annual inspections per NFPA 25 should suffice; however, instead of inspecting from the floor level, a random sampling 1 - Frame 4 - Bulb 7 - Ejection 2 - Button 5 - Compression Spring 3 - Sealing Screw Assembly 6 - Deflector* of close-up visual inspections should be made, so as to better determine the exact sprinkler condition and the long term integrity of the corrosion resistant coating, as it may be affected by the corrosive conditions present. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. ARROW MUST POINT AWAY FROM AND BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE BACK WALL SURFACE r4r, / _____ 6* (55, mm) ti\ C : T FLOW 2-3/16 (55,6 FLATS 1-1 ___________ WRENCH mm) SHOWN SHOWN CROSS PENDENT UPRIGHT SECTION FIGURE 2 5.6 K-FACTOR QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB VERTICAL SIDEWALL (TY3431) SPRINKLERS TFPI76 Page 4 of 6 5/8±1/4 - (15,9±6,4 mm) MOUNTING FACE OF SURFACE SPRINKLER FITTING CLOSURE 2- 7/8" DIA. SERIES (73,0 mm) TY-FRB 2-1/ MOUNTING DIA. (57,2 mm) PLATE (3,2 mm) 1-1/4(31,8mm) 3/4(19,1 mm) 3/4(19,1 mm) 1/4(6,4mm) FIGURE 3 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 1/2±1/8" - (12,7±3,2 mm) MOUNTING FACE OF SPRINKLER SURFACE FITTING CLOSURE 2-7/8" DIA. SERIES (73,0 mm) TY-FRB 2-1/4" DIA. PLATE (57,2mm) MOUNTING (3,2 mm) 1-1/4(31,8mm) 1/2(12,7mm) 1" (25,4 mm) 1/4' (6,4 mm) FIGURE 4 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON WRENCH RECESS (END "A" USED FOR 1/2" NPT MODELS) FIGURE 5 W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS V PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE 6 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH TFPI76 Page 5 of 6 SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 11) K TYPE TEMP. BULB NATURAL BRASS I CHROME LIQUID PLATED POLYESTER*** LEAD COATED 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red HORIZ. 175°F (79°C) Yellow SIDEWALL 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 1, 2, 3, 9 1, 2, 3, 9 (TY3331) 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F(141°C) Blue 5.6 RECESSED 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red 1/2" HORIZ. NPT SIDEWALL (TY3331)* 1, 2, 4, 9, 10 1, 2, 9 N/A 175°F (79°C) Yellow Figure 3 200°F (93°C) Green RECESSED 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red HORIZ. SIDEWALL (TY3331)** 1, 2, 3, 4, 9 N/A 175°F (79°C) Yellow Figure 4 200°F (93°C) Green VERTICAL 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F(68°C) Red 5.6 SIDEWALL 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1/2" Installed 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5, 6, 7, 9 NPT Pendent or 200°F (93°C) Green Upright 286°F (141°C) Blue NOTES: Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies at a 4 to 12 inch (100 to 300 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies at a 4 to 12 inch (100 to 300 mm) lop of deflector to ceiling distance. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light Hazard Occupancies at a 41012 inch (100 to 300 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board )LPCB Ref. No. 007a/04) at a 4 to 6 inch (100 to 150 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. The LPC does not rate the thermal sensitivity of horizontal sidewall sprinklers. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as Quick Response Sprinklers for use In Light and Ordinary Hazad Occupancies. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada )C-UL( as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light Hazard Occupancies. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06 & 007a/04) as Quick Response Sprinklers. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E. 10.Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board )LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) eta 4106 Inch (100 to 150 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. The LPC does not rate the thermal sensitivity of horizontal sidewall sprinklers. Where Polyester Coated and Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers. Where Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be FM Approved, the sprinklers are FM Approved as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers. Installed with Style 10(1/2" NPT) 3/4" Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon. Installed with Style 20(1/2" NPT) 1/2" Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon. Frame and deflector only. TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS TFPI76 Page 6 of 6 SPRINKLER FINISH K TYPE NATURAL BRASS J CHROME PLATED POLYESTER LEAD COATED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL 250 PSI (17,2 BAR) (TY3331) or 175PS1 (12,1 BAR) RECESSED HORIZ. 5.6 NPT SIDEWALL (TY3331) (SEE NOTE 1) VERTICAL SIDEWALL 175 PSI 121 BAR (TY3431) NOTES: 1. The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17,2 bar) only applies to the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL); the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use In Canada (C-UL); and, the Approval by the City of New York. TABLE B MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE P/N 57-XXX-X-XXX SIN SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE FINISH RATINGS 378 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL TY3331 1 NATURAL BRASS 375 VERTICAL SIDEWALL TY3431 3 PURE WHrrE(RAL9O1O)* POLYESTER SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) 175 175-F (79-C) - POLYESTER JET BLACK (RAL9005)°° - POLYESTER 7 LEAD COATED 286 286-F (141-C) 9 CHROME PLATED Eastern Hemisphere sales only. Available in 155°F (68°C) or 200F (93CC) temperature rating only. TABLE C PART NUMBER SELECTION SERIES TY-FRB HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS 135 135°F(57°C) 155 155-F (68-C) 200 200°F (93°C) Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections: Specify: Series TY-FRB (specify SIN), (specify K-factor), (specify) Horizontal Sidewall or Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler, Standard Response, Standard Cov- erage, (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish or coating, P/N (specify from Table C) Recessed Escutcheon Specify: Style (10 or 20) Recessed Escutcheon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 11400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Copyright © 2016 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. tqco TEFLON is a registered trademark of DuPont Fire Protection Products SW-20 tqcci Fire Protection Products Worldwide www.tyco-fire.com Contacts Model SW-20 and SW-24 - 11.2 K-factor Extended Coverage Ordinary Hazard Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers (Standard Response) General Description The TYCO Model SW-20 and SW-24, 11.2 K-factor, Extended Coverage Ordi- nary Hazard (ECOH) Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers, Standard Response are dec- orative glass bulb sprinklers designed for use in ordinary hazard occupancies per NFPA 13. The SW-20 provides protection of cov- erage areas up to 16 ft. x 20 ft. (320 ft2), whereas the SW-24 provides pro- tection of coverage areas up to 16 ft. x 24 ft. (384 ft2), as compared to standard coverage horizontal sidewall sprinklers having a maximum coverage area of 10 ft. x 10 ft. (100 ft2) for ordinary hazard occupancies. Horizontal sidewall sprinklers are de- signed for installation along a wall or the side of a beam and are common- ly used instead of pendent or upright sprinklers due to aesthetics or building construction considerations, where pip- ing across the ceiling is not desirable. Corrosion resistant coatings, where applicable, are utilized to extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which would otherwise be ob- tained when exposed to corrosive at- mospheres. Although corrosion resis- tant coated sprinklers have passed the standard corrosion tests of the appli- cable approval agencies, the testing is not representative of all possible cor- IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP 700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and in- stallation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 6 rosive atmospheres. Consequently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suitability of these corrosion resistant coatings for any given corrosive environment. The effects of ambient temperature, con- centration of chemicals, and gas/chemi- cal velocity, should be considered, as a minimum, along with the corrosive na- ture of the chemical to which the sprin- klers will be exposed. NiLI1tL1 The Model SW-20 and SW-24 Sprin- klers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applicable stan- dards of the National Fire Protection As- sociation, in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the perfor- mance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and de- vices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manu- facturer should be contacted with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) TY5332 - SW-20 TY5337 - SW-24 TY5332 is a re-designation for C5332 TY5337 is a re-designation for C5337 Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed (Refer to the Design Criteria Section) Polyester coated sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers NYC under MEA 177-03-E MARCH 2014 Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12,1 bar) Discharge Coefficient K= 11.2 GPM/psi1/2 (161,3 LPM/bar1/2) Temperature Rating SW-20:155'F (68°C) & 200°F (93°C) SW-24: 200°F (93°C) Finishes Refer to Table B Physical Characteristics: Frame ............................Bronze Button............................Bronze Sealing Assembly ................Beryllium Nickel WI TEFLON Bulb ..............................Glass Compression Screw .................Brass Deflector..........................Bronze TFP23O FIGURE 1 MODEL SW-20 (TY5332) EXTENDED COVERAGE ORDINARY HAZARD HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER 11.2 K-FACTOR, 3/4 INCH NPT - Components: 1 - Frame 2 - Button Bulb Compression Screw Sealing Assembly 6 - Deflector* * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector. 3/4" ** NPT FLAT 2" (50,8 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) I NOMINAL I MAKE-IN 2-3/8" I (60,3 mm) TFP23O Page 2 of 6 ) iifT\ WRENCH RECESS (END "B) \\\ APPLY WRENCH AS SHOWN FIGURE 3 W-TYPE 3 SPRINKLER WRENCH Components: 1 - Frame 2 - Button Bulb Compression Screw Sealing Assembly 6 - Deflector* ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided on special request. CENTERLINE 1/2 OF SPRINKLER WRENCH (12,7 mm) WATERWAY FLAT _// ** NPT * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector. MAXIMUM THROW r (152,4 mm) 2" (304,8 mm) LING TO TOP 4/12 SPRINKLER SLOPE EFLECTOR MAXIMUM DISTANCE FIGURE 4 SPRINKLER PLACEMENT UNDER SLOPED CEILINGS IN LOADING DOCKS Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid that ex- pands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided on special request. 9/16° (14,3mm) :t1J /JNt 2" (50,8 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) CENTERLINE OF SPRINKLER WATERWAY 6* 1/2(12,7mm) I NOMINAL I MAKE-IN 2-3/8 I - (60,3 mm) FIGURE 2 MODEL SW-24 (TY5337) EXTENDED COVERAGE ORDINARY HAZARD HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER 11.2 K-FACTOR, 314 INCH NPT TFP23O Page 3 of 6 MODEL SW-20 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER (TY5332) OH Group 1(0.15 gpm/sq.-ft.) Response Coverage Minimum Minimum Deflector-To-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum Rating Area(1), Flow(2), Pressure(2), Distance(3), Temperature Spacing(4), Ft. x Ft. (m x m) GPM (LPM) PSI (BAR) In. (mm) °F Rating, Ft. (m) Standard 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9 38(144) 11.5 (0,79) 6 to 12 (150 to 300) 155,200 8(2,4) Standard 16 x 18(4,9 x 5,5) 43 (163) 14.7 (1,01) 6 to 12 (150 to 300) 155,200 8(2,4) Standard 16 x 20 (4,9 x 6,1) 48 (182) 18.4 (1,27) 6 to 12 (150 to 300) 155,200 8(2,4) MODEL SW-20 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER (TY5332) OH Group 2 (0.20 gpm/sq.-ft.) Response Coverage Minimum Minimum Deflector-To-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum Rating Area(1), Flow(2), Pressure(2), Distance(3), Temperature Spacing(4), Ft. x Ft. (m x m) GPM (LPM) PSI (BAR) In. (mm) °F Rating, Ft. (m) Standard 16 x 16(4,9 x 4,9 51(193) 20.7(1,43) 6 to 12 (150 to 300) 155,200 8(2,4) Standard 16 x 18(4,9 x 5,5) 58(220) 26.8 (1,85) 6 to 12 (150 to 300) 155,200 8(2,4) Standard 16 x 20 (4,9 x 6,1) 64 (242) 32.7 (2,25) 6 to 12 (150 to 300) 155,200 8(2,4) MODEL SW-24 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER (TY5337) OH Group 1(0.15 gpm/sq.-ft.) Response Coverage Minimum Minimum Deflector-To-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum Rating Area)1), Flow)2), Pressure(2), Distance(3), Temperature Spacing(4), Ft. x Ft. (m x m) GPM (LPM) PSI (BAR) In. (mm) °F Rating, Ft. (m) Standard 16 x 22(4,9 x 6,7) 53(200) 22.4 (1,54) 6 to 12 (150 to 300) 200 8(2,4) Standard 16 x 24 (4,9 x 7,3) 58(220) 26.8 (1,85) 1 6 to 12 (150 to 300) 200 8(2,4) MODEL SW-24 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER (TY5337) OH Group 2 (0.20 gpm/sq.-ft.) Response Coverage Minimum Minimum Deflector-To-Ceiling Sprinkler Minimum Rating Area(1), Flow(2), Pressure(2), Distance(3), Temperature Spacing(4), Ft. x Ft. (m x m) GPM (LPM) PSI (BAR) In. (mm) Rating, F Ft. (m) Standard 16 x 22 (4,9 x 6,7) 71 (269) 40.2 (2,77) 6 to 12 (150 to 300) 200 8(2,4) Standard 16 x 24 (4,9 x 7,3) 77 (291) 47,3 (3,26) 1 6 to 12 (150 to 300) 200 8(2,4) NOTES Backwall (where sprinkler is located) by sidewall (length of throw). Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM from each sprinkler. The indicted residual pressures are based on the nominal K-factor. The centerline of the sprinkler waterway is located below the deflector as shown in Figures 1 and 2. Minimum spacing is for lateral distance between sprinklers located along a single wall. Otherwise adjacent sprinklers (i.e., sidewall sprinklers on an adjacent wall, on an opposite wall, or pendent sprinklers) must be located outside of the maxi- mum listed protection area of the extended coverage sidewall sprinkler being utilized. TABLE A UL AND C-UL LISTING COVERAGE AND FLOW RATE CRITERIA TFP23O Page 4 of 6 Design Criteria The TYCO Model SW-20 and SW-24, 11.2 K-factor, Extended Coverage Ordi- nary Hazard (ECOH) Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers are for use in ordinary haz- ard occupancies with non-combustible unobstructed construction and with a ceiling slope not exceeding 2 inches per foot (9.2°), using the design crite- ria provided in Table A, (as well as any additional requirements specified in NFPA 13 for Extended Coverage Side- wall Spray Sprinklers). A 36 inch (914 mm) clearance must be maintained between the top of the sprinkler deflector and any miscella- neous storage. The SW-20 and SW-24 may be installed on sloped ceilings in loading docks with a maximum roof slope of 4 inches per foot (18.40) as shown in Figure 4 and using the design criteria provided in Table A. The SW-20 and SW-24 can be used only for exposed applications. The SW-20 and SW-24 cannot be recessed. Installation The TYCO Model SW-20 and SW-24, 11.2 K-factor, Extended Coverage Ordi- nary Hazard (ECOH) Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1,6 mm). A leak tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a minimum to maximum torque of 7 to 14 ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet with con- sequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for in- sufficient adjustment in the Sprinkler by under- or over-tightening the Sprinkler! Support Cup Assembly. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Step 1. Horizontal sidewall sprinklers are to be installed with their center- line perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word 'TOP" on the deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Step 2. With pipe thread sealantap- plied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 3 (End B) Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Fig- ure 3). With reference to Figures 1 and 2, the W-Type 3 Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the sprinkler wrench flats Care and Maintenance The TYCO Model SW-20 and SW-24, 11.2 K-factor, Extended Coverage Ordi- nary Hazard (ECOH) Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers must be maintained and ser- viced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it con- trols, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection system from the proper authorities and notify all person- nel who may be affected by this action. The owner is responsible for the in- spection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Associa- tion (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities hav- ing jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer re- garding any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national code. Absence of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, may delay the time to sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated or otherwise altered after leaving the factory. Modi- fied sprinklers must be replaced. Sprin- klers that have been exposed to corro- sive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid dam- age to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprinklers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/ slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installation Section). Frequent visual inspections are recom- mended to be initially performed for corrosion resistant coated sprinklers, after the installation has been complet- ed, to verify the integrity of the corro- sion resistant coating. Thereafter, an- nual inspections per NFPA 25 should suffice; however, instead of inspecting from the floor level, a random sampling of close-up visual inspections should be made, so as to better determine the exact sprinkler condition and the long term integrity of the corrosion resistant coating as it may be affected by the cor- rosive conditions present. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. TFP23O Page 5 of 6 P/N 51 - XXX - X - XXX SPRINKLER I SPRINKLER MODEL SIN FINISH _L TEMPERATURE RATING 072 Model SW-20 1Y5332 1 Natural Brass 155°F (68°C) (SW-20Only) 073 Model SW-24 Signal White (RAL9003)200 EF1 200°F(93°C) Polyester (SW-20 or SW-24) 9 Chrome Plated TABLE B PART NUMBER SELECTION - MODEL SW-20 AND SW-24 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS WITH 3/4 INCH NPT CONNECTION Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Num- bers (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections: Specify: Model (specify) ECOH Hori- zontal Sidewall Sprinkler, SIN (specify), (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish, P/N (specify from Table B) Sprinkler Wrench: Specify: W-Type 3 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-895-1-001 Worldwide I tqcuo Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Series EC-11 and EC-14 Sprinklers, 112 K and 140 K Upright and Pendent Extended Coverage Light and Ordinary Hazard General Description TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers are decorative glass-bulb sprinklers designed for use in light or ordinary hazard occupancies. They are intended for use in automatic sprinkler systems designed in accor- dance with standard installation rules, such as NFPA 13, for a maximum cov- erage area of 400 ft2 (37,2 m2) as com- pared to the maximum coverage area of 130 ft2 (12,1 m2) for standard cover- age sprinklers used in ordinary hazard occupancies, or the maximum cover- age area of 225 ft2 (20,6 m2) for stan- dard coverage sprinklers used in light hazard occupancies. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers feature a UL and C-UL Listing that permits their use with unobstructed or non-combusti- ble obstructed ceiling construction as defined and permitted by NFPA 13, as well as a specific application listing for use under concrete tees. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov- erage Sprinklers have been fire tested to compare their performance to that of standard coverage spray sprinklers. These tests have shown that the pro- tection provided is equal to or more effective than standard coverage spray sprinklers. Corrosion-resistant coatings, where applicable, help extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which occurs when exposed to corrosive atmospheres. Although IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP 700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 8 corrosion-resistant coated sprinklers passed standard corrosion tests of the applicable approval agencies, this testing is not representative of all pos- sible corrosive atmospheres. Conse- quently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suitability of these corrosion-resistant coatings for any given corrosive envi- ronment. The effects of ambient tem- perature, concentration of chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity should be considered, along with the corrosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov- erage Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compli- ance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NFPA, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the perfor- mance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Numbers TY5137 ............Upright, 11.2K TY5237 ............ Pendent, 11.2K TY6137 ............Upright, 14.0K TY6237...........Pendent, 14.0K TY5137 is a re-designation for C5137, G1894, and S2510 TY5237 is a re-designation for C5237, G1893, and S2511 TY6137 is a re-designation for C6137, 01896, and S2610 TY6237 is a re-designation for C6237, G1895, and S2611 DECEMBER 2017 Technical Data Approvals TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed. Refer to Table A for complete sprinkler approval information including corrosion-resistant status. The approv- als apply to the service conditions indi- cated in the Design Criteria section. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov- erage Sprinklers are FM Approved. Refer to Table A for complete sprinkler approval information including corro- sion-resistant status. The approvals apply to the service conditions indi- cated in the Design Criteria section. The Style 60 Two-Piece Flush Escutch- eon (Figure 4) is UL Listed for use with the Series EC-11 and EC-14 Pendent Sprinklers. Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12,1 bar) Pipe Thread Connection 3/4 in. NPT TFP22O ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING SURFACE 3 16 4 nm) WRENCH 3/4' FLAT NPT** CROSS PENDENT SECTION 2-7/16 (61,9 mm) UPRIGHT & PENDENT 1/2(12,7mm) J NOMINAL MAKE-IN UPRIGHT TFP22O Page 2 of 8 Components: 1 - Frame 2 - Button 3 - Sealing Assembly 4 - Bulb 5 - Compression Screw 6 - Deflector * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector. ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided on special request. FIGURE 1 SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 EXTENDED COVERAGE SPRINKLERS 11.2 K-FACTOR UPRIGHT (TY5137) AND PENDENT (TY5237) 14.0 K-FACTOR UPRIGHT (TY6137) AND PENDENT (TY6237) ASSEMBLY Discharge Coefficients K = 11.2 GPM/psi/2 (161,3 LPM/bar½) K = 14.0 GPM/psi½ (201,6 LPM/bar½) Temperature Ratings Refer to Table A Finish Sprinkler: Refer to Table A Recessed or Flush Escutcheon: White-Coated, Chrome-Plated, and Brass-Plated Physical Characteristics Frame ............................Bronze Button............................Bronze Sealing Assembly . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb ........................Glass (3 mm) Compression Screw ................Bronze Deflector...........................Brass Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, which- then allows the sprinkler to activate and flow water. Design Criteria TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must only be installed in accordance with the appli- cable UL and C-UL Listing or FM Approval requirements as indicated below. Only Style 30 or 40 Recessed Escutcheons are to be used for recessed installation, as applicable. Refer to Tables A, B, and C, for more information. UL and C-UL Listing Requirements Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers may be used for the coverage areas shown in Table D, based on maintaining the minimum specified flow rate as a function of coverage area and haz- ard group for all sprinklers in the design area. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers are permitted to be used with unobstructed or non-combustible obstructed ceil- ing construction as defined and permitted by NFPA 13; for example: Unobstructed, combustible or noncombustible, ceiling con- struction with a deflector to ceiling/roof deck distance of 1 t 12 in. (25 to 300 mm). Obstructed, non-combusti- ble, ceiling construction with a deflector location below struc- tural members of 1 to 6 in. (25 to 150 mm) and a maximum deflector to ceiling/roof deck dis- tance of 22 in. (550 mm). 3. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers, specifically tested and listed for non-combus- tible obstructed construction, are permitted to be used within truss- es or bar joists having non-com- bustible web members greater than 1 in. (25.4 mm) when apply- ing the 4 times obstruction crite- ria rule defined under "Obstruc- tions to Sprinkler Discharge Pattern Development". To prevent cold soldering, the minimum allowable spacing be- tween Series EC-ii and EC-14 Ex- tended Coverage Sprinklers is 8 ft (2,4 m) for upright sprinklers and 9 ft (2,7 m) for pendent sprinklers. Series EC-ii and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers are to be in- stalled in accordance with all oth- er requirements of NFPA 13 for extended coverage upright and pendent sprinklers; For exam- ple, obstructions to sprinkler dis- charge, obstructions to sprinkler pattern development, obstructions to prevent sprinkler discharge from reaching hazard and clearance to storage. UL and C-UL Specific Application Listing Requirements for Installation under Concrete Tees Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov- erage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers (TY5137, TY5237, TY6137 and TY6237) have a UL and C-UL Specific Applica- tion Listing for use under concrete tees when installed as follows: 1. Stems of the concrete tee con- struction must be spaced at less than 7.5 ft (2,3 m) on center but more than 3 ft (0,9 m) on center. The depth of the concrete tees must not exceed 30 in. (762 mm). The maxi- mum permitted concrete tee length is 32 ft (9,8 m). However, where the concrete tee length exceeds 32 ft (9,8 m), non-combustible baffles, equal in height to the depth of the tees, can be installed so that the space between the tees does not exceed 32 ft (9,8 m) in length. TFP22O Page 3 of 8 Hazard Type Temperature Bulb Liquid Sprinkler Finisha Natural Brass I Chrome Plated I olyester I Lead Coated Upright K=11.2 (TY5137) 135 °F(57°C) Orange 1, 2, 3C, 4 155 °F (68 °C) Red 175 °F (79 °C) Yellow Light Pendent Table B describes UL and C-UL K11.2 (TY5237) K=14.0 (1Y6237) 200°F (93 °C) Green 1, 2, 4 286 °F (141 °C) Blue Recessed Pendent K=11.2 (1Y5237) K=14.0 (TY6237) 135 °F (57 °C) Orange 1,2, 3,4 Sensitivity Rating Table C describes FM Sensitivity Rating 155 °F (68 °C) Red 175 °F (79 °C) Yellow With Style 30 Escutcheon 1, 2, 4 I N/Ad 200°F (93 °C) Green 286 °F (141 °C) Blue Upright 135 °F (57 °C) Orange 155 °F (68 °C) Red Ordinary Table B describes K=11.2 (1Y5137) K14.0 (TY6137) Pendent K=11.2 (TY5237) 1, 2, 3, 4 175 °F (79 °C) Yellow 200 °F (93 °C) Green UL and CUL Sensitivity Rating K=14.0 (TY6237) Blue 286 °F (141 °C) Recessed Pendent K=11.2 (TY5237) K=14.0 (TY6237) With Style 30 or 40 135 °F (57 °C) Orange 1, 2, 4 I N/A Table C describes FM Sensitivity Rating 155 °F (68 °C) Red 175 °F (79 °C) Yellow Escutcheon 200 °F (93 °C) Green NOTES Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) Approved by Factory Mutual Corporation (FM) Approved by the City of New York under MEA 177-03-E Where Polyester Coated or Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers. Frame and Deflector only Pendent only N/A = Not available TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Area Style ftxft 135°F 155°F 175°F 200°F 286°F 135°F 155°F 175°F 200°F 286°F (57 °C) (68 °C) (79 °C) (93 °C) (141 °C) (57 °C) (68 °C) (79 °C) (93 °C) (141 °C) Upright or Pendent - - - - - OR OR OR OR OR 14 x 14 Style 30 Recessed - - - - - OR OR OR OR OR Style 40 Recessed - - - - - OR OR OR OR OR Upright or Pendent OR OR OR OR OR SR SR SR SR SR 16x16 Style 30 Recessed OR OR OR OR OR SR SR SR SR SR Style 40 Recessed N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SR SR SR SR SR Upright or Pendent OR OR OR OR OR SR SR SR SR SR 18x18 Style 30 Recessed OR OR OR OR OR SR SR SR SR SR Style 40 Recessed N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SR SR SR SR SR Upright or Pendent OR OR OR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR 20 x 20 Style 30 Recessed OR OR OR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR Style 40 Recessed N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SR SR SR SR SR NOTES OR = Quick Response SR = Standard Response OR and SR does not apply to Upright <=14.0 Refer toTable 0 for permitted K-Factor/Area Combinations. TABLE B SENSITIVITY RATING FOR UL AND C-UL LISTING OF SERIES EC-11 OR EC-14 SPRINKLERS .1 TFP22O Page 4 of 8 HC-1 Linear Spacing Area Spacing ft ft Ceiling Height ft Ceiling Type K-factor Style Response Min Max Min Max Noncombustible Unobstructed, 11.2EC Pendentor 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Noncombustible Obstructed, or 14.0 EC Upright Combustible Unobstructed Noncombustible Unobstructed, 11 2 EC . Pendent 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Noncombustible Obstructed, or 14.0 EC Recessed Combustible Unobstructed Style 30 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Combustible Obstructed 11.2 EC EC Pendent or Upright Quick 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Combustible Obstructed 11 .2 EC 14.0 EC Pendent Recessed Style 30 10 20 100 400 Over 30 and up to 45 Noncombustible Unobstructed oncomuse osuce 11.2 EC 14.0 EC Upright HC-2 Linear Spacing Area Spacing ft ft Ceiling Height ft Ceiling Type K-factor Style Response Min Max Min Max 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Noncombustible Unobstructed, 11.2 EC Upright 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 14.0 EC Pendent or Upright Combustible Unobstructed IQuick 10 16 100 256 Over 30 and 11.2 EC 14.0 Upright up to 45 EC HC-3 Linear Spacing Area Spacing ft ft Ceiling Height ft Ceiling Type K-Factor Style Response Min Max Min Max 10 16 100 256 Up to 30 11.2 EC Upright 10 20 100 400 Upto30 14.0 EC Pendent or Noncombustible Unobstructed, Combustible Unobstructed Upright Quick 10 16 100 256 Over 30 and 11.2 EC, Upright up to 45 14.0 EC NOTES The design for K 11.2 EC (K 160 EC) sprinklers should not include fewer than six sprinklers or have a design pressure of less than 12 psi (0,8 bar); similarly the design for K 14.0 EC (K 200 EC)sprinklers should not include fewer than four sprinklers or have a design pressure of less than 18 psi (1,2 bar). For flow criteria, refer to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 3-26. Refer to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 2-0 for permitted K-Factor/Area Combinations. TABLE C SENSITIVITY RATING FOR FM APPROVAL OF SERIES EC-11 OR EC-14 SPRINKLERS The sprinkler deflectors are to be located in a horizontal plane at or above 1 in. (25,4 mm) below the bottom of the concrete tee stems. When the sprinkler deflectors are located higher than a horizontal plane 1 in. (25,4 mm) beneath the bottom of the concrete tee stems, the obstruction to sprinkler dis- charge criteria requirements of NFPA 13 for extended coverage upright and pendent sprinklers applies. FM Approval Requirements Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprin- klers are to be installed in accor- dance with the applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet for limited use in buildings of specific roof construc- tion and for the protection of certain specific ordinary hazard (non-storage and/or non-flammable or combustible liquid) occupancies. Information pro- vided in the FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets relates to, but is not limited to, hydraulic design, ceiling slope, and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector-to- ceiling distance. These criteria may differ from UL and/or NFPA criteria. Therefore, the designer should review and become familiar with FM requirements before proceeding with design. TFP22O Page 5 of 8 Description Area ft x ft Light Hazard 0.10 GPM/ft2 Group I Ordinary Hazard 0.15 GPM/ft2 Group II Ordinary Hazard 0.20 GPM/ft2 _______ GPM _______ PSI GPM _______ PSI GPM PSI 14 x 14 30 7.2 30 7.2 39 12.1 TY5137 16 x 16 30 7.2 39 12.1 51 20.7 18 x 18 33 8.7 49 19.1 65 33.7 (K=11.2) Upright 20 x 20 40 12.8 60 28.7 80 51.0 14 x 14 30 7.2 30 7.2 39 12.1 16 x 16 30 7.2 39 12.1 51 20.7 TY5237 18 x 18 33 8.7 49 19.1 65 33.7 (K=11.2) Pendent 20 x 20 40 12.8 60 28.7 80 51.0 14 x 14 N/A N/A 39 7.8 51 13.3 TY6137 16x16 N/A N/A 39 7.8 51 13.3 18x18 N/A N/A 49 12.3 65 21.6 (K=14.0) Upright 20 x 20 N/A N/A 60 18.4 80 32.7 14 x 14 37 7.0 39 7.8 51 13.3 TY6237 16x16 37 7.0 39 7.8 51 13.3 18 x 18 37 7.0 49 12.3 65 21.6 (K=14.0) Pendent 20x20 40 8.2 60 18.4 80 32.7 NOTES 1 11=0.348m 1 f12 = 0.093 m2 1 GPM = 3.785 LPM 1 psi = 0.06895 bar 1 GPM/ft2 = 40.74 mm/min TABLED FLOW CRITERIA FOR UL AND C-UL LISTING OF SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 SPRINKLERS Installation TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1,6 mm) for the 135 °F (57 °C) to 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 286 °F (141 °C) temperature ratings. A leak-tight 3/4 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by apply- ing a minimum-to-maximum torque of 10 to 20 ft-lb (13,4 to 26,8 N•m). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprin- kler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in an Escutch- eon Plate by under or over-tightening the Sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Step 1. Install the sprinkler with the deflector parallel to the mounting surface. Install pendent sprinklers in the pendent position; install upright sprinklers in the upright position. Step 2. After installing the Style 30, 40, or 60 mounting plate (or other applica- ble escutcheon) over the sprinkler pipe threads and with pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. For upright or pendent sprin- klers, wrench-tighten using only the W-Type 3 (End A) Sprinkler Wrench. For the pendent sprinkler installed with Style 30, 40, or 60 Escutcheon, wrench-tighten the sprinkler using only the W-Type 22 Sprinkler Wrench. Apply the wrench recess of the appli- cable sprinkler wrench (Figure 5 and 6) to the sprinkler wrench flats (Figure 1). Care and Maintenance TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. TFP22O Page 6 of 8 i. . 2-7/8 DIA. 1/2±1/8 - (73,0 mm) 1/2 (12,7 mm) - (12,7±3,2 mm) 2-1/4 DIA. 1/4 (6,4 mm) FACE OF (57,2 mm) SPRINKLER ..) 1/8 FITTING ). (3,2 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE MOUNTING CLOSURE ____________ . PLATE 1-3/8(34,9mm) 1-1/8" (28,6 mm) FIGURE 2 SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 IN. TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 30 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2-7/8" DIA. 5/8±1/4" (73,0 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) (15,9±6,4mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4(6,4mm) - FACE OF (57,2 mm) SPRINKLER 1/8 FITTING (3,2 mm) MEN- MOUNTING MOUNTING SURFACE PLATE CLOSURE 8'(34,9mm 7/8 (22,2 mm) FIGURE 3 SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 IN. TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON - 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) INTERNAL 2-1/4" DIA. DIMENSIONS OF (57,2 mm) STYLE 60 ESCUTCHEON ACCOMMODATE CLASS 150 MALLEABLE p FACE OF IRON REDUCING SPRINKLER FITTING: SPRINKLER FITTING 3/8 (9,5 mm) ABOVE TO 1/8 (3,2 mm) BELOW MOUNTING MOUNTING SURFACE 1/8 SURFACE 3,2 mm) I ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING SURFACE: 1/4" (6,4 mm) ABOVE CLOSURE NPT25/16(587mm) TO 1/2 (12,7 mm) BELOW MOUNTING 1-13/16,, (46,0 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE; 3/4" (19,1 mm) TOTAL PLATE ADJUSTMENT FIGURE 4 SERIES EC-Il AND EC-14 PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH 3/4 IN. TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 60 TWO-PIECE FLUSH ESCUTCHEON Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. Refer to the Instal- lation section, for more information. Frequent visual inspections are rec- ommended to be initially performed for corrosion resistant coated sprin- klers, after the installation has been completed, to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereafter, annual inspections per NFPA 25 should suffice; however, instead of inspecting from the floor level, a random sampling of close-up visual inspections should be made, so as to better determine the exact sprinkler condition and the long term integrity of the corrosion resistant coating, as it may be affected by the corrosive conditions present. FITTING SIDE" TOWARDS SPRINKLER FITTING /\ WRENCH / RECESS (END "A') FIGURE 5 W-TYPE 3 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS - 400 LLL WRENCH HEX FIGURE 6 W-TYPE 22 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH TFP22O Page 7 of 8 PIN 51 - XXX -X -XXX I SIN SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE FINISHI RATING 893 11.2K Pendent 1Y5237 1 NATURAL BRASS 894 11.2K Upright TY5137 SIGNAL I0 POLYESTER 895 14.0K Pendent TY6237 JET BLACK (RAL9005) - POLYESTER 896 14.0K Upright TY6137 7 LEAD COATED 9 CHROME-PLATED NOTES: Escutcheon ordered separately. OPEN indicates the sprinkler assembly without glass bulb, button, and sealing assembly. TABLE SERIES EC-Il AND EC-14 UPRIGHT AND PENDENT SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION 135 135°F(57°C) ITE 155 155 F(68°C) 175 175°F(79°C) 200 200 °F (93 °C) 286 286 °F (141 °C) 000. OPEN2 The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this doc- ument, as well as with the applicable standards recognized by the Approval agency, such as NFPA 25, in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing con- tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for availability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections Specify: Series EC-11 or EC-14 (specify) Sprinkler, SIN (specify), (specify) K-factor, Pendent or Upright (specify) Extended Coverage, (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish, P/N (from to Table E) Recessed Escutcheon, Two-Piece Specify: Style (30 or 40) Two-Piece Recessed Escutcheon with (specify) finish, P/N (specify*) 'Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Flush Escutcheon, Two-Piece Specify: Style 60 Two-Piece Flush Escutcheon with (specify) finish, P/N (specify**) "Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP778 Sprinkler Wrenches Specify: W-Type 3 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-895-1-001 Specify: W-Type 22 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-665-7-001 TFP22O Page 8 of 8 L 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 194461 Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Olt, C 2016 Johnlon Cont,oI,. All ,ighl. ro,orod. All ,pocilicolionl ond othorinlormolion ohown woro trorront 0501 dotrament rnoision dab and ore nobjont toOhongo WithOot notico.Johnson NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCLATION and OFF?. or. registered lr005morllo of National Fire Protoction AssocIation; Controls TEFlON ion registered trademark Of DuPOnt TFP23O Page 6 of 6 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 1 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 I Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Copyright © 2014 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. tqco TEFLON is trademark of The DuPont Corporation Fire Protection Products I I FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM i HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS & U MATERIAL SUBMITTAL I I I I VIASAT I BRESSI RANCH I CAFE & CONFERENCE CENTER WARM SHELL 2505 GATEWAY ROAD CARLSBAD, CA 92009 II 13630 DANIELSON ST. I FOWAY, CA. 92064A 95241 PH. (858)513-4949 I Fx. (858)513-1322 .1 I I I I HYDRAULIC i CALCULATIONS I I L7 icOTEc Lu CLASSIFICATION C-16 - LICENSED NO. No. 114 0 CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMENT Fire Prevention Division 1635 Faraday Avenue - Carlsbad, CA 92008 760.602.4665 WATER AVAILABILITY FORM SECTION A: TO BE COMPLETED BY CUSTOMER PROJECT NAME: ViaSat Bressi Parking Structure P1 SR#: (Assigned upon plan submittal) PROJECT ADDRESS: 2456 Town Garden Road CITY: Carlsbad PHONE: ( 858 ) 513-4949 x1311 FAX NUMBER: (858) 513-1322 Largest Building (ft.2): 54,366 Sprinkled? Yes Construction Type: I-B SECTION B: TO BE COMPLETED BY LOCAL WATER COMPANY. CUSTOMER TO PROVIDE RESULTS TO CFD. Water Purveyor: City of Carlsbad Location of test (reference map required): TownCenterRoadwestof AlicanteRoad TEST INFORMATION IS VALID FOR 6 MONTHS FROM DATE PERFORMED Flow Test Results Static pressure: 115 PSI Hydrant Number (if applicable):H20158 Elevation of test: 285 Feet Datefrime of Test': I Pitot Tube Reading: PSI Corresponding Flow: PIM Total Flow: 6,750 GPM Residual Pressure 97 PSI Atpeakdemand, this water system is capable of providing a fire flow discharge at 20 psi in excess of 8,000 gpm. However, this exceeds the District's criteria of no more than 10 fps in pipelines. Therefore, the maximum allowable ire flow based on District criteria is 6,750 gpm. 1Test to be performed as close as possible to the time the most conservative flows and pressures are expected. Note: If the water availability information was obtained in a manner other than a flow test (i.e. computer modeling), fill out the information above as applicable and check here: x I have witnessed and/or reviewed this water flow information and by personal knowledge and/or on-site observation certify that the above information is correct. Name: JenniferR.Mael,P.E. Eng. Lic. No. (if applicable): C69606 Signature: 1/ Title/Org: P•_ctManager Date: 7/11/2017 I I I Li I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I a a a a I 112 a a 12" 12" 12" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12 12 £ S a Fire Flow Test 8" Location - H20158 12 TOWN GARDEN a AV 8" a . • Legend I a w_Hydrant Pipe N ZONE I -550 -375 DOG WOOD RD I 2456 Town Garden Road - Fire Flow Analysis Closest competitor is more than Most compact design in the industry Entire valve body and closure sleeve - manufactured from 300 75 0.18 Z16 14 U) 12 010 I&i D4 U) wo 0 2500 1500 2000 100 200 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 300 400 500 0 500 1000 FLOW RATE IN GALLONS PER MINUTE INTERIOR INSTALLATION ENCLOSURE INSTALLATION I I I I I I I I I ISUBMITTAL PROVIDED FOR HYDRAULIC REFERENCE ONLY - NOT IN SCOPE THE AMES CHALLENGE BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY WEIGHT (LBs) % HEAVIER BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY LAYLENGTH (IN) % LONGER AMES L Al COLT 200 W/BFG 61 COLT 200 WIBFG 29.3 FEBcO 850 W/0S&Y.GPCS/0I 312 411% i I FEBCO 850 W/OS&Y.GPCS/OI 46.2 59% ¶ WILKINS 350 WI0S&Y.BF350 281 360% WILKINS 350 W/0S&Y.BF350 37.7 29% ENGINEERING THE CURVE -IN STALLATION GUIDELINES Most field problems occur because dirt or debris present in the system at the time of installation becomes trapped in the 1st check seating area resulting in a low or zero differ- ential across the 1st check. The system should be flushed before the backflow valve is installed, lithe system is not flushed until after the backflow valve is installed, I remove both check modules from the valve and open the inlet shut-off to allow water to flow for a sufficient time to flush debris from the water line. If debris in the water system continues to cause fouling, a strainer can be installed upstream of the backflow assembly. AMES models 200 & 300 may be installed in either I horizontal, vertical, or "N" position as long as the back- flow assembly is installed in accordance with the direc- tion of the flow arrow on the assembly and the local water I authority approves the installation. The assembly should be installed with adequate clearance I around the valve to allow for inspection, testing, and servic- ing. Twelve inches should be the minimum clearance between the lower portion of the assembly and the floor or grade. I I OS&Y NPS OYI BFG I A B e C D E F/200 Fl300 w216m1 A B C D E F/.GO.F/3OO WFIGHT 3.1 16 3h,, 5/, 22jj9Jj -• :-. fl jJfl$ - l3 - - ---- 3111 / 187/8 10 311/) 22/. 17V8 10'12 141/2 145 281/2 12 3'1"16 22 3L, 15/ 9213V2 54 1b, 33'/i6 22/ 12 4 24 181/2 ll/ 15 3/16 161,b. 29/16 12 3 24 16 /1 10 14 61 43½ 30'/8 16 5'/2 33/. 23/6 15 19 2951b, 361/2 15 5 333/ l9f ha- lO5f2 14I 117 1b, 50 373/i 19b1s 611/ 40Is 27/c 7'/i6 213/564801b 43 18i 6 /2 40 /8 2 5/is 14/ l8/ 261 lbs 571 24781lb I /F AiUTTERFLY VALVES AVAILABLE FOR SHUTOFF VALVES RAULIC REFERENCE 0 Groove couplings allow ease of installation & pipe alignment M All'butterfly valves display flow indic ator flag JI . ,•_ c • ___ III I 31 S, S A :PLACEABLE AT-DISCS I NK-CHECK MODULES I ISUBMITTAL PROVIDED FOR HYDRA systems without chemical additives, industrial in-plant plumbing systems and other systems requiring low hazard protection. Local codes may vary, consult authorities for specific approved applications. APPLICATIONS - COLT 300 Double Check Detector Check Assemblies are used to prevent backflow of pollutants that are objectionable, but not toxic. Double Check Detector Check Assemblies may be installed under continuous pressure service and may be subject to backpressure. The Double Check Detector Check Assembly is used pri- marily on fireline sprinkler systems when it is necessary to monitor unauthorized use of water. APPROVALS Contact the factory or visit the website: www.amesfirewater.com SPECIFICATIONS The Backflow Assembly shall consist of two independent Link-check modules within a single housing with sleeve access, required test cocks and drip tight shut-off valves. Link-checks may be removed and reinstalled in housing without any special tools. The housing shall be constructed of 300 Series stainless steel with groove end connections. Link-checks shall have reversible elastomer disks and in operation shall produce drip tight closure against the reverse flow of liquid caused by back pressure or back siphonage. Device shall be manufactured in the USA. Device shall be COLT 200 or 300 manufactured by AMES of Sacramento, California. CHARACTERISTICS AND MATERIALS NORMAL OPERATION In normal flowing operation, the independent Link-check RATED WORKING PRESSURE HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE I . . 175p5i 35Opsi remains closed until there is a water demand. Each check will then open and maintain an apprcximate Ipsi differential in TEMPERATURE RANGE BODY CONSTRUCTION 33 F-hO F 300 Series Stainless Steel . . . I . the direction of flow. In a nonflow or backflow condition, both checks will close until the resumption of normal flow. END CONNECTION I APPLICATIONS - COLT 200 Groove per AWWA C-606 (IPS) or Flange per ANSI I Double Check Assemblies are used to prevent backflow B16.1, Class 125 of pollutants that are objectionable but not toxic. Double I checks may be installed under continuous pressure service and may be subject to backpressre. Patent Nos. 6,220,282, 6,443,181, and 6,478,047 A M E S [M9001-2000 1 FIRE&WATERWORKS A Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. www.amesfirewater.com I CERTIFIED 1427 North Market Blvd. • Suite #9 • Sacramento, CA 95834 • Phone: 916-928-0123 • Fax: 916-928-9333 F-COLT-200/300 0814 ©Ames Fire & Waterworks, 2008 ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. ffi AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/13/2018 5:35:15PM Page 1 Job Job Number 17-0904 Design Engineer R. HOEKSTRA Job genre: Phone FAX VIASAT BRESSI RANCH 916.202.1504 Address I State Cornitcedoruljuense Number CAFE & CONFERENCE CENTER WARM SHELL C-16 588039 Address 2 AHJ 2505 GATEWAY ROAD CARLSBAD FIRE DISTRICT Address 3 Job SitelBuilding CARLSBAD, CA 92009 MAIN LEVEL System Density 0.150gpm/ft2 Area of Application 1500.00ft2 (Actual 1583.26ft2) Most Oernofldnmg Sprinkler Dote Nose Streams 5.6 K-Factor 19.35 at 11.936 150.00 Coverage Per Sprinkler Number Of Sprinklers Calculated 120.00ft2 20 System Pressure Demand 103.254 System Flow Demand 551.82 Tots lDemand Pro—Result 701 .82 @ 103.254 +11.473 (10.0%) Supplies Check Point Gauges Node Name Flow(anrn) Hose FIow(aom Static(psi) Residual(psi) Identifier Pressure(psi) K-Factor(K Flow(nom) 1 Water Supply 6750.00 150.00 115.000 97.000 VBR_BC&C-FP3-4-L1_PIPING Water Supply at Node 1(6750.00. 150.00, 115.000, 97.000) 150 135 120 IStatic Pressure 115.0tJCi 105 - - 6750 00 c 97.000 9.46 @ 91.461 90 6946 with hose streams Iystemdemandcue 1 30-1111 15 0- 1" 11I! LLl flffllf JllllLLU.L ft Ill liii Ill 11111 11700 19Rb0052006500 7800 9100 10400 13000 Water flow, gpm I I I I I I 1 111 11 I IHydrau1ic Overview •;I Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. Renort Descrintion: AREA #1 1 Number: 17-0904 - BRESSICAFE/CONF. ________________Job Report Description: AREA #1 Job °4 r* t4 1 .ri M w Job Number Design Engineer 17-0904 R. HOEKSTRA Job Name: State ConiSoabo&lJcnnse Number VIASAT BRESSI RANCH C-16 588039 Address I CAFE & CONFERENCE CENTER WARM SHELL AHJ CARLSBAD FIRE DISTRICT Address 2 Job Site/Budding 2505 GATEWAY ROAD MAIN LEVEL Address 3 Drawing Name CARLSBAD, CA 92009 VBR_BC&C-FP3-4-L1_PIPING System - Remote Area(s) S Most Demanding Spunkier Dole Ocuupancy Job SoRb 5.6 K-Factor 19.35 at 11.936 Ordinary Group I BRESSI CAFE/CONE. Hose Alowonce At Source Density Area ot Appifcaboo 150.00 0.150gpm/ft2 1500.00ft° (Actual 1583.26ft2) Additional Hose Supplies Number Of Sprinklers Calculated Coverage Per Sprinkler Node Flow(pm) 20 120.00ft2 Hose At Node 6 100.00 Total Hose Streams 250.00 System flow Demand Total Water Required (Including Hose Allowance) 551.82 701.82 Maximum Pressure Unbalance In Loops 0.000 Maxim' m Above Ground ;Velocity 20.95 between nodes 21 and 169 Mooirnurn Velocity Under Ground 6.52 between nodes 4 and 5 Volume capacity ott/dot Pipes Volume capacity of Dry Pipes 1923. 50ga1 Supplies Hose Flow Static Residual Flow Available , Total Demand Required Safety Margin , Node Name (gpm) (psi) (psi) (gpm) (psi) -' (gpm) (psi) (psi) 1 Water Supply 150.00 115.000 97.000 I 6750.00 114.727 I 701.82 103.254 11.473 Contractor - - - Contractor Number WFP INC. Contact Name RAY LAMBERT Contest Tide DESIGN MANAGER Name of Connector: Phone Extension WESTERN FIRE PROTECTION, INC. 858.5153.4949 Address I FAX 13630 DANIELSON ST. 858.513.1322 Address 2 E-mail POWAY, CA. 92064 Address 3 Wab-Sitn I (,© M.E.P.CADr Inc. jjAutoSPRINK@ 12 02.0.61.0 1/13/2018 5:35:16PM Page 2 Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. Rnnrt flpsr.rintinn ARFA 1 Water Supply at Node I 150— 135— 120— Static Pressure 115.000 105— Static Pressure 103.500 (S0%) 4 51i4190 97.00O - 669.46 with hose streams -. 6750.00 @300(90%) CL CL 7 60— - stem demand curve 45 30— 15— 111111111 111111111 111111111 1111111 I 1111111 I I I I I I I I I 0— 93002600 3900 5200 6500 7800 9100 10400 11700 13000 Water flow, gpm Hydraulic Graph Water Supply at Node 1 Stado: Pressure 115.000 Renidual: Pressure Test Conducted By Tent WSresnod By 97.000 @ 6750.00 CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMEN JENNIFER R. MAEL P.E. duotable Pressure at lane of Tent Date of Tent 114.750 @669.46 07.11.17 System Demand Hydrant Numbers L000tion 91.461 @519.46 H20158 2456 TOWN GARDEN ROAD System Demand (!nckjdng none Alowance at Sourer) 91.461 @669.46 , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. rij AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/13/2018 5:35:18PM Page 3 U I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. Report Description: AREA #1 1/13/2018 5:35:19PM Page 4 © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 Device Actual Flow (gpm) Minimum Flow (gpm) K-Factor - (K) Pressure (psi) Hose 6 100.00 100.00 0 90.644 Sprinkler 101 19.89 18.00 5.6 12.612 Sprinkler 102 19.94 18.00 5.6 12.684 Sprinkler 103 20.32 18.00 5.6 13.166 Sprinkler 104 21.03 18.00 5.6 14.107 Sprinkler 105 21.70 18.00 5.6 15.012 Sprinkler 106 22.66 18.00 5.6 16.378 Sprinkler 107 21.97 18.00 5.6 15.385 Sprinkler 108 22.03 18.00 5.6 15.477 Sprinkler 109 22.26 18.00 5.6 15.806 Sprinkler 110 25.79 18.00 5.6 21.210 Sprinkler 111 26.68 18.00 5.6 22.703 Sprinkler 112 28.05 18.00 5.6 25.094 c Sprinkler 113 19.35 18.00 5.6 11.936 Sprinkler 114 19.40 18.00 5.6 12.007 Sprinkler 115 19.61 18.00 5.6 12.266 Sprinkler 116 20.77 18.00 5.6 13.753 Sprinkler 117 24.08 18.00 5.6 18.494 Sprinkler 118 25.19 118.00 1 5.6 20.232 1 Sprinkler 119 26.85 18.00 5.6 22.994 Sprinkler 1206 24.23 18.00 5.6 18.724 Most Demanding Sprinkler Data U U I I I Li I U U I I I I I [H I I ~jjl INode Analysis Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. Report Description: AREA #1 Node Elevation(Foot) 9ttings Pressure(psi) Discharge(gpm) 1 4-0 S, 1(38-11%) 103.254 551.82 6 0-6 Hose 90.644 100.00 101 1041/2 Spr(-12.612), fd(44'-O) 12.612 19.89 102 10-4% Spr(-12.684), fd(44-0) 12.684 19.94 103 10-41/2 Spr(-13.166), fd(44-0) 13.166 20.32 104 10-6% Spr(-14.107), fd(44-0) 14.107 21.03 105 10-6% Spr(-15.012), fd(44-0) 15.012 21.70 106 10-6% Spr(-16.378), fd(44-0) 16.378 22.66 107 10-41/2 Spr(-15.385), fd(44'-O) 15.385 21.97 108 10-4% Spr(-15.477), fd(44'-O) 15.477 22.03 109 10-4% Spr(-15.806), fd(44-0) 15.806 22.26 110 15-9% Spr(-21.210) 21.210 25.79 111 15-9% Spr(-22.703) 22.703 26.68 112 15-9% Spr(-25.094) 25.094 28.05 113 10-41/2 Spr(-11.936), fd(44-0) 11.936 19.35 114 10-41/2 Spr(-12.007), fd(44-0) 12.007 19.40 115 10-41/2 Spr(-12.266), fd(44-0) 12.266 19.61 116 10-4% Spr(-13.753), fd(44-0) 13.753 20.77 117 15-9% Spr(-18.494) 18.494 24.08 118 15-9% Spr(-20.232) 20.232 25.19 119 15-9% Spr(-22.994) 22.994 26.85 1206 10-6 Spr(-18.724), fd(44'-O) 18.724 24.23 2 -3-0 E(32'-81/2) 102.702 3 4-0 E(22'-l1%) 97.519 4 4-0 T(38-11 %) 96.489 5 4-0 E(24'-2%) 92.349 10 16-1% fE(9'-61/2) 82.316 20 1241/2 fT(22-51/2) 70.286 21 14-1 P0(11-8) 57.630 22 14-01/2 P0(11-8) 56.879 23 14-0 P0(11-8) 56.838 74 15-1 P0(5-111/2) 25.387 151 15-1 P0(5-111/2) 16.646 152 15-1 P0(5-11%) 16.750 153 15-1 P0(5-11%) 17.445 154 15-1 P0(5-11%) 18.795 155 15-1 P0(5-111/2) 20.094 156 15-1 P0(5-111/2) 22.051 157 15-3 P0(5-11%) 20.592 158 15-3 P0(5-11%) 20.724 159 15-3 P0(5-11%) 21.198 160 15-3 P0(5-11%) 23.710 161 15-3 P0(5-111/2) 25.350 162 15-3 P0(5-111/2) 27.975 163 15-3 P0(5-111/2) 15.611 164 15-3 P0(5-11%) 15.715 165 15-3 P0(5-11%) 16.090 166 14-3 P0(5-111/2) 18.555 167 15-3 P0(5-111/2) 20.724 168 15-3 P0(5-111/2) 22.635 ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. t.11 AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1113/2018 5:35:20PM Page 5 I I I I I I 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. Report Description: AREA #1 Pipe Type Diameter Flow Velocity HWC Friction Loss Length Pressure Downstream Upstream Elevation Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings Eq. Length Total Length Summary " Route 1 ..... DR 1.0870 19.35 6.69 120 0.102906 3-10% Pf 5.784 113 163 10-4% 15-3 19.35 5.6 11.936 15.611 Sprinkler, E(2'-4%), P0(5-11%), fd(44'-O) 52-4 5621/2 Pe -2.109 Pv BL 1.7400 19.35 2.61 120 0.010409 10-0 P1 0.104 163 164 15-3 15-3 15.611 15.715 10-0 Pe Pv BL 1.7400 38.75 5.23 120 0.037628 9-11% P1 0.375 164 165 15-3 15-3 19.40 15.715 16.090 Flow (q) from Route 9-111% Pe Pv BL 1.7400 58.36 7.87 120 0.080271 7-9% Pt 2.031 165 166 15-3 14-3 19.61 16.090 18.555 Flow (q) from Route 3 3E(5'-10) 17-6 25-3% Pe 0.434 Pv BL 1.7400 79.13 10.68 120 0.140971 6-9% P1 2.603 166 167 14-3 15-3 20.77 18.555 20.724 Flow (q) from Route 7 2E(5--1 0) 11-8 18-5% Pe -0.434 Pv BL 1.7400 103.21 13.93 120 0.230462 8-3% Pt 1.911 167 168 15-3 15-3 24.08 20.724 22.635 Flow (q) from Route 14 8-3% Pe Pv BL 1.7400 128.40 17.32 120 0.345178 8-9% Pt 3.035 168 169 15-3 15-3 25.19 22.635 25.670 Flow (q) from Route 16 8-9% Pe Pv BL 1.7400 155.26 20.95 120 0.490477 40-9 P1 31.451 169 21 15-3 14-1 26.85 25.670 57.630 Flow (q) from Route 19 T(11'-8), P0(11-8) 23-4 64-1% Pe 0.508 Pv FM 3.3160 451.82 16.79 120 0.153089 39-10 P1 11.911 21 20 14-1 12-4% 296.56 57.630 70.286 Flow (q) from Route 4 fT(19'-O), 2fE(7'-3%), Eel (4'-4Y2) 37-111/2 77-9% Pe 0.745 Pv FM 4.3160 451.82 9.91 120 0.042412 194-71/2 P1 13.658 20 10 12-4% 16-1% 70.286 82.316 11fE(9'-61/2), fT(22'-51/2) 127-5 322-0 Pe -1.627 Pv FR 4.3160 451.82 9.91 120 0.042412 17-8% Pt 1.560 10 6 16-1% 0-6 82.316 90.644 f(-0.000), 2fE(9'-6%) 19,-1 36-9 Pe 6.768 Pv UG 6.4000 551.82 5.50 140 0.006777 3-6 P1 0.188 6 5 0-6 4-0 100.00 90.644 92.349 Hose E(24'-21/2) 24-2% 27-8% Pe 1.517 Pv UG 5.8800 551.82 6.52 150 0.009012 311-4 P1 4.140 5 4 -3-0 -3-0 92.349 96.489 3EE(9'-l), 2E(18'-2), CV(41'-61/2), PIV(3'-lO%), T(38'-ll%) 148-0% 459-4% Pe Pv UG 7.7100 551.82 3.79 150 0.002408 335-11% P1 1.030 4 3 -3-0 4-0 96.489 97.519 4EE(11'-6), 2E(22'-11%) 91-10% 427-10% Pe Pv UG 8.5100 551.82 3.11 140 0.001692 10-0 P1 5.183 3 2 -3-0 4-0 97.519 102.702 3E(32'-81/2), BFP(-5.000) 98-2 108-2 Pe Pv UG 5.8800 551.82 6.52 150 0.009012 18-4% P1 0.552 2 4-0 4-0 102.702 103.254 . GV(3'-101/2), S, T(38'-111/2) 42-10 61-3 Pe Pv 150.00 Hose Allowance At Source 701.82 -Route2 ..... DR 1.0870 19.40 6.71 120 0.103479 3-10% P1 5.817 114 164 10-4% 15-3 19.40 5.6 12.007 15.715 Sprinkler, E(2'-4%), P0(5-111/2), fd(44'-O) 52-4 56-2% Pe -2.109 Pv -Route 3 ..... DR 1.0870 19.61 6.78 120 0.105541 3-10% P1 5.932 115 165 10-4% 15-3 19.61 5.6 12.266 16.090 Sprinkler, E(2'-41/2), P0(5-111/2), fd(44'-O) 52-4 56'-2% Pe -2.109 Pv -Route4 ..... DR 1.0870 19.89 6.88 120 0.108292 3-8% Pt 6.069 101 151 10-4% 15-1 19.89 5.6 12.612 16.646 Sprinkler, E(2'-4%), P0(5-11%), fd(44'-O) 52-4 56-0% Pe -2.035 Pv BL 1.7400 19.89 2.68 120 0.010954 9'-6 P1 0.104 151 152 151-1 15-1 16.646 16.750 9'-6 Pe Pv BL 1.7400 - 39.83 5.37 120 0.039592 11-9 P1 0.696 152 153 151-1 15-1 19.94 16.750 17.445 Flow (q) from Route 5 E(5'-1 0) 6-10 17-7 Pe Pv , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/13/2018 5:35:21PM Pane 6 111 I! i-i'aiI A'5iis Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFEICONF. Report Description: AREA #1 Pipe Type Diameter Flow Velocity HWC Friction Loss Length Pressure Downstream Upstream Elevation Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings Eq. Length Total Length Summary BL 1.7400 60.15 8.12 120 0.084876 1 0'-OYA If 1.349 153 154 15-1 15-1 20.32 17.445 18.795 Flow (q) from Route 6 E(5'-10) 5-10 15-11 Pe Pv BL 1.7400 81.18 10.95 120 0.147810 89h/2 Pf 1.300 154 155 15-1 15-1 21.03 18.795 20.094 Flow (q) from Route 8 89h/2 Pe Pv BL 1.7400 102.88 13.88 120 0.229089 8-6% Pt 1.957 155 156 15-1 15-1 21.70 20.094 22.051 Flow (q) from Route 9 8-6% Pe Pv BL 1.7400 125.54 16.94 120 0.331097 4-3 Pt 3.336 156 74 15-1 15-1 22.66 22.051 25.387 Flow (q) from Route 13 E(5--1 0) 5-10 10-1 Pe Pv BL 1.7400 149.78 20.21 120 0.458933 44-2 Pt 30.990 74 23 15-1 14-0 24.23 25.387 56.838 Flow (q) from Route 15 2E(5'-10), P0(11-8) 23-4 67-6% Pe 0.461 Pv FM 3.3160 149.78 5.56 120 0.019853 2'-3 Pt 0.045 23 22 14-0 14-0% 56.838 56.879 2-3 Pe -0.004 Pv FM 3.3160 296.56 11.02 120 0.070255 11-0 Pt 0.773 22 21 14-0% 14-1 146.79 56.879 57.630 Flow (q) from Route 10 11-0 Pe -0.022 Pv =. ..... Route S ..... DR 1.0870 19.94 6.90 120 0.108864 38h/2 Pt 6.101 102 152 10-4% 15-1 19.94 5.6 12.684 16.750 Sprinkler, E(2'-41/2), P0(5-11%), fd(44'-O) 52-4 56-0% Pe -2.035 Pv =. ..... Route 6 ..... DR 1.0870 20.32 7.02 120 0.112682 3-81/2 Pt 6.315 103 153 10-4% 15,-i 20.32 5.6 13.166 17.445 Sprinkler, E(2'-41/2), P0(5-11%), fd(44'-O) 52-4 56-01/2 Pe -2.035 Pv Route ..... DR 1.0870 20.77 7.18 120 0.117320 2-10% Pt 6.477 116 166 10-4% 14-3 20.77 5.6 13.753 18.555 Sprinkler, E(2'-41/2), P0(5-11%), fd(44'-O) 52-4 552h/2 Pe -1.675 Pv Route ..... SP 1.0870 21.03 7.27 120 0.120109 3-i Pt 6.654 104 154 10-6% 15-1 21.03 5.6 14.107 18.795 Sprinkler, E(2'-4%), P0(5-11%), fd(44'-O) 52-4 55-5 Pe -1.966 Pv =. ..... Route 9 ..... SP 1.0870 21.70 7.50 120 0.127224 3-1 Pt 7.048 105 155 10-6% 15-1 21.70 5.6 15.012 20.094 Sprinkler, E(2'-4%), P0(5-111/2), fd(44'-O) 52-4 55-5 Pe -1.966 Pv Route 10 ..... DR 1.0870 21.97 7.59 120 0.130148 3i01/z Pt 7.316 107 157 10-4% 15-3 21.97 5.6 15.385 20,592 Sprinkler, E(2'-4%), P0(5-11%), fd(44'-O) 52-4 56-2% Pe -2.109 Pv BL 1.7400 21.97 2.96 120 0.0131 64 10-0 Pt 0.132 157 158 15-3 15-3 20.592 20.724 10-0 Pe Pv BL 1.7400 44.00 5.94 120 0.047588 9-11% Pf 0.474 158 159 15-3 15-3 22.03 20.724 21.198 Flow (q) from Route ii 9'-111/2 Pv Pe BL 1.7400 66.26 8.94 120 0.101507 13-1 Pt 2.513 159 160 15-3 15-3 22.26 21.198 23.710 Flow (q) from Route 12 2E(5'-10) 11-8 24-9 Pe Pv BL 1.7400 92.05 12.42 120 0.186478 8-9% Pt 1.640 160 161 15-3 15-3 25.79 23.710 25.350 Flow (q) from Route 17 8-9% Pe Pv BL 1.7400 118.73 16.02 120 0.298632 8-9% Pt 2.626 161 162 15-3 15-3 26.68 25.350 27.975 Flow (q) from Route 18 8'-g% Pe Pv BL 1.7400 146.79 19.81 120 0.442123 1 40-10 Pt 28.373 162 22 15-3 14-0% 28.05 27.975 56.879 Flow (q) from Route 20 T(11'-8), P0(11-8) 23-4 64-2 Pe 0.530 Pv -. ..... Route ll ..... DR 1.0870 22.03 7.62 120 0.130863 3101,4 Pt 7.356 108 158 10-4% 15-3 22.03 5.6 15.477 20.724 Sprinkler, E(2'-41/2), P0(5-111/2), fd(44'-O) 52-4 56-2% Pe -2.109 Pv =. ..... Route 12 ..... DR 1.0870 22.26 7.70 120 0.133437 3-10% Pt 7.500 109 159 10-4% 15-3 22.26 5.6 15.806 21.198 Sprinkler, E(2'-4%), P0(5-111/2), fd(44'-O) 52-4 56-2% Pe -2.109 Pv -......Route13 ..... ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRlNK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/13/2018 5:35:21PM Page 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. Report Description: AREA #1 Pipe Type Diameter Flow Velocity HWC Friction Loss Length Pressure Downstream Upstream Elevation Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings Eq. Length Total Length Summary SP 1.0870 22.66 7.84 120 0.137894 3-1 7.639 106 156 10-6% 15-1 22.66 5.6 16.378 22.051 Sprinkler, E(2'-4%), PO(5'-111,4), fd(44-0) 52-4 55-5 Pe -1.966 Pv Route 14 ..... SP 1.0870 24.08 8.33 120 0.154297 1-0% Pf 1.996 117 167 15-9% 15-3 24.08 5.6 18.494 20.724 Sprinkler, T(5'-ll%), P0(5-11%) 11-10% 12-11 Pe Pv 0.235 - Route 15 ..... SP 1.0870 24.23 8.38 120 0.156075 3-1 Pt 8.646 1206 74 10-6 15-1 24.23 5.6 18.724 25.387 Sprinkler, E(2'-41/.), P0(5-11%), fd(44'-0) 52-4 55-5 Pe -1.983 Pv =...... Route 16 ..... SP 1.0870 25.19 8.71 120 0.167665 1-01/2 Pt 2.169 118 168 15-9% 15-3 25.19 5.6 20.232 22.635 Sprinkler, T(5'-ll%), P0(5-11%) 11-10% 12-11 Pe Pv 0.235 Route 17 ..... SP 1.0870 25.79 8.92 120 0.1751 53 1-0% Pt 2.265 110 160 15-9% 15-3 25.79 5.6 21.210 23.710 Sprinkler, T(5'-111/2), P0(5-111/2) 11-10% 12-11 Pe lPv 0.235 =. ..... Route 18. . ..... SP 1.0870 26.68 9.22 120 0.186523 1-0% Pt 2.412 111 161 15-9% 15-3 26.68 5.6 22.703 25.350 Sprinkler, T(5'-111/2), P0(5-111/2) 11-10% 12-11 Pe Pv 0.235 =. ..... Route 19 ..... SP 1.0870 26.85 9.28 120 0.188736 1-01/z Pt 2.441 119 169 15-9% 15-3 26.85 5.6 22.994 25.670 Sprinkler, 1(5-111/2), P0(5-11%) 11-10% 12-11 Pe Pv 0.235 =. ..... Route 20 ..... SP 1.0870 28.05 9.70 120 0.204628 1-01/2 Pt 2.647 112 162 15-9% 15-3 28.05 5.6 25.094 27.975 Sprinkler, T(5'-l11/2), P0(5-111/2) 11-10% 12-11 Pe Pv 0.235 Equivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings only)JAMM I Actual Inside Diameter 487 Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter ) Factor Multiplier.I Of C 100 130 140 tV~alue ying Factor 0.713 1.16 1.33 150 1.51 ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/13/2018 5:35:21PM Page 8 I I I I II] I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I IHydrau1ic Analysis) - Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. - Report Description: AREA #1 Pipe Type Diameter Flow Velocity HWC Friction Loss Length Pressure Downstream Elevation Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings Eq. Length Summary Upstream Total Length - Units Legend __. Fittings Legend AO Arm-Over Diameter Inch ALV Alarm Valve BL Branch Line Elevation Foot AngV Angle Valve CM Cross Main Flow gpm b Bushing DN Drain Pipe Type Legend, ....- Discharge gpm BalV Ball Valve DR Drop Velocity fps BFP Backflow Preventer DY Dynamic Pressure psi BV Butterfly Valve FM Feed Main Length Foot C Cross Flow Turn 90° FR Feed Riser Friction Loss psi/Foot cplg Coupling MS Miscellaneous HWC Hazen-Williams Constant Cr Cross Run OR Outrigger Pt Total pressure at a point in a pipe CV Check Valve RN Riser Nipple Pn Normal pressure at a point in a pipe DelV Deluge Valve SP Sprig Pf Pressure loss due to friction between points DPV Dry Pipe Valve ST Stand Pipe Pe Pressure due to elevation difference between indicated points F 90° Elbow UG Underground Pv Velocity pressure at a point in a pipe EE 45° Elbow Eel 11W Elbow Ee2 22W Elbow Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow fig Flange EN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GIoV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Ho Hose Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve P0 Pipe Outlet PRV Pressure Reducing Valve PrV Pressure Relief Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90° Tr Tee Run U Union WirF Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cao I I I I I I I I I I F] I I I I I I I &© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. HjAutoSPRINK@ 12 02.0.61.0 1/13/2018 5:35:21PM Page 9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ©M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/13/2018 5:35:25PM Page 10 I IEIow;Diaqrarn (Isometrió View))rI Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF eport uescrlpllon: /rr.,wi ISO I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. NJ AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/13/2018 5:35:28PM Page 11 Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONE. Pennrt flesrrintinn ARFA 99 I IHydrau1ic Overview I Job - - '-iL -:*f Job Numb Design Engineer 17-0904 R. NOEKSTRA Job Name: Phone FAX VIASAT BRESSI RANCH 916.202.1504 Add.. I State CarAf aoorrllJene Number CAFE & CONFERENCE CENTER WARM SHELL C-16 588039 Address AHJ 2505 GATEWAY ROAD CARLSBAD FIRE DISTRICT Add.. 3 Job Sitelteailding CARLSBAD, CA 92009 CAFE STORAGE System Density 0.200gpm/1t2 Area a' Application 1500.00ft° (Actual 1533.35ft2) Most Demanding Sprinkler Data Mona Streams 5.6 K-Factor 27.09 at 23.403 150.00 Ceasroge Per Sprinkler Number Of Sprinklers Calculated 130.00ft° 16 system Pressure Demand System Flow Demand 103.237 576.99 Total Demand Pressure Result 726.99 @ 103.237 +11.471 (10.0%) Supplies Check Point Gauges Name Flow(oom) Hose FIow(ppm) Static(psi) ResiduaI(psi Identifier Pressure(psi) K-Factor(K) Flow(pom) 1 Water Supply 6750.00 150.00 115.000 97.000 VBR_BC&C-FPS-LL -PIPING - Water Supply at Node 1 (6750.00, 150.00, .115.000, 97.000) -—- 150-L StaticPres7sure115.000__ 135 120 105- -°7L5°-°° 97.000 with hose streams fii ._ 90P ~ystem, Th _j•__ - 60 ---_ curve - emand 30- 15- 0- IlII I1J.IJ.L Jjj it IrlIjr JJ,jjJJ_jl 1J_I_1_l_LJ_I_J III 111111 111111111 11700 1RQ02006500 7800 9100 10400 13000 Water flow, gpm ,© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/13/2018 3:32:23PM Page 1 I I I U I I LI I I I ri I I I I I I I Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONE. Renort Descriotion: AREA #2 Job Job Number Design Engineer 17-0904 R. HOEKSTRA Job Name: State Ce,tficabosfl.icensa Number VIASAT BRESSI RANCH C-16 588039 Address I CAFE & CONFERENCE CENTER WARM SHELL AHJ CARLSBAD FIRE DISTRICT Address 2 Job SitolBuilding 2505 GATEWAY ROAD CAFE STORAGE Address 3 Droning Name CARLSBAD, CA 92009 VBR_BC&C-EP5-LL_PIPING System .' Remote Area(s) Most Demanding Sprinkler Dub Occupancy Job Suffix 5.6 K-Factor 27.09 at 23.403 Ordinary Group II BRESSI CAFE/CONE. How Allowance AtSource Density 11150 otApplicadon 150.00 0.200gpm/ft2 1500.00ft2 (Actual 1533.35ft2) Additional How Supplies Number Of Sprinklers Calculated Coverage Per Sprinkler Node Flow(pr)m) 16 130. 00f12 Hose At Node 6 100.00 Total How, Sxeams 250.00 System Flow Demand Total teSter Required (including Huse Allowance) 576.99 726.99 Maximum Pressure Unbalance In Loops 0.000 Maximum Velocity Above Ground 30.54 between nodes 82 and 92 Maximum Velocity Under Ground 6.82 between nodes 4 and 5 Volume capacity of teAt Pipes Volume capacity at Dry Pipes 2037.37ga1 Supplies Hose Flow Static Residual Flow Available Total Demand Required Safety Margin Node Name (gpm) (psi) (psi) (gpm) (psi) (gpm) (psi) (psi) 1 Water Supply 150.00 115.000 97.000 I 6750.00 114.708 I 726.99 103.237 11.471 Contractor ConffiantorNumber Contact Name contactliio WFP INC. RAY LAMBERT DESIGN MANAGER Rome of Contractor: Phone Extension WESTERN FIRE PROTECTION, INC. 858.5153.4949 Address I 13630 DANIELSON ST. FAX 858.513.1322 Address 2 POWAY, CA. 92064 Email Address 3 Web-Site I & © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. Ljj AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/13/2018 3:32:25PM Page 2 I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. Rnnrt Desrrintinn AREA #2 Water Supply at Node I 150- 135— 120— :Static Pressure 115.000 105- Static Pressure 103.500 (0%) L. 70799 with hose streams ~<Zt 90 - —, 46 750.00 87.300(90%) I75- 60--- S stem demand curve 45- 30- 15- jJjJ.j_fHIIHHIIffIIfIII 111111111 liltlllif 111111111 111111111 111111111 0- 93002600 3900 5200 6500 7800 9100 10400 11700 13000 Water flow, gpm I4ydrouSc Graph Water Supply at Node 1 Static: Pressure 115.000 Residual: Pressure Tent Conducted By Tent WOrecced By 97.000 @ 6750.00 CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMEN JENNIFER R. MAEL P.E. Available Pressure etThrre of Test Dote at Test 114.722 @707.99 07.11.17 SyntenrOenrond Hydrant NumberS Locodon 96.071 @ 557.99 H20158 2456 TOWN GARDEN ROAD System Demand (Including Ho.e ojon.0000 at Source) 96.071 © 707.99 , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. L11 AutoSPRINK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/13/2018 3:32:26PM Page 3 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SummaryOfOutflowung Devucesj. Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONE. Report Description: AREA #2 Device Actual Flow (gpm) Minimum Flow (gpm) K-Factor (K) Pressure (psi) Hose 6 100.00 100.00 0 90.103 Sprinkler 201 30.01 26.00 5.6 28.719 Sprinkler 202 30.18 26.00 5.6 29.053 Sprinkler 203 30.83 26.00 5.6 30.304 c Sprinkler 204 27.09 26.00 5.6 23.403 Sprinkler 205 27.22 26.00 5.6 23.621 Sprinkler 206 27.74 26.00 5.6 24.535 Sprinkler 207 28.84 26.00 5.6 26.519 Sprinkler 208 31.65 26.00 5.6 31.938 Sprinkler 209 31.41 26.00 5.6 31.459 Sprinkler 210 27.25 26.00 5.6 23.685 Sprinkler 211 27.38 26.00 5.6 23.905 Sprinkler 212 27.89 26.00 5.6 24.799 Sprinkler 213 1 29.03 1 26.00 1 5.6 1 26.870 Sprinkler 214 31.85 26.00 5.6 32.348 Sprinkler 215 31.61 26.00 5.6 31.863 c Most Demanding Sprinkler Data I &©M.E.P.CAD, Inc. q'jAutoSPRINK@ 12 02.0.61.0 1/13/2018 3:32:28PM Page 4 Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONF. Reoort Descriotion: AREA #2 Node Elevation(Foot) Fittings Pressure(psi) Discharge(gpm) 1 4-0 S, T(38'-l1%) 103.237 576.99 6 0-6 Hose 90.103 100.00 201 -2-0 Spr(-28.719) 28.719 30.01 202 -2-0 Spr(-29.053) 29.053 30.18 203 -2-0 Spr(-30.304) 30.304 30.83 204 -2-0 Spr(-23.403) 23.403 27.09 205 -2-0 Spr(-23.621) 23.621 27.22 206 -2-0 Spr(-24.535) 24.535 27.74 207 -2-0 Spr(-26.519) 26.519 28.84 208 -2-0 Spr(-31.938) 31.938 31.65 209 -2-0 Spr(-31.459) 31.459 31.41 210 -2-0 Spr(-23.685) 23.685 27.25 211 -2-0 Spr(-23.905) 23.905 27.38 212 -2-0 Spr(-24.799) 24.799 27.89 213 -2-0 Spr(-26.870) 26.870 29.03 214 -2-0 Spr(-32.348) 32.348 31.85 215 -2-0 Spr(-31.863) 31.863 31.61 216 -2-0 Spr(-43.696) 43.696 37.02 2 4-0 E(32-8%) 102.638 3 4-0 E(22-11%) 97.439 4 4-0 T(38-11%) 96.320 5 4-0 E(24'-2Yz) 91.824 10 16-1% fE(9-61A) 81.611 28 -3-7% P0(9-i1) 49.616 80 4-8% fEE(4-11%) 70.521 81 4-7% P0(9-11) 51.799 82 4-71% P0(9-11) 50.250 83 -3-7% P0(9-11) 49.644 92 4-0 1(9-11) 38.623 93 -3-0 T(9-11) 38.144 251 4-0 P0(5-11%) 32.262 252 4-0 P0(5-11%) 32.629 253 4-0 P0(5-11%) 34.006 254 4-0 P0(5-11%) 26.408 255 4-0 P0(5-11%) 26.648 256 4-0 P0(5-11%) 27.655 257 4-0 P0(5-11%) 29.840 258 4-0 P0(5-11%) 35.803 259 4-0 P0(5-11%) 35.276 260 4-0 PO(5-111,4) 26.718 261 4-0 P0(5-11%) 26.962 262 4-0 P0(5-11%) 27.946 263 4-0 P0(5-11%) 30.226 264 4-0 P0(5-11%) 36.254 265 4-0 P0(5-11%) 35.720 266 4-0 P0(5-11%) 50.013 &© M.E.PLAID, Inc. AutoSPRlNK® 12 v12.0.61.0 1/13/2018 3:32:29PM Page 5 Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONE. Reøort DescriDtion: AREA #2 Pipe Type Diameter Flow Velocity HWC Friction Loss Length Prssure Downstream Upstream Elevation Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings Eq. Length Total Length ~Suenmary .•" Route 1 ..... SP 1.0870 27.09 9.37 120 0.191840 161/2 Pf 2.580 204 254 -2-0 4-0 27.09 5.6 23.403 26.408 Sprinkler, 1(5-11%), P0(5-111%) 11-101/2 13-5% Pe Pv 0.424 BL 1.5300 27.09 4.73 120 0.036302 6-7% Pf 0.240 254 255 4-0 4-0 26.408 26.648 6-7% Pe Pv BL 1.5300 54.31 9.48 120 0.131432 7-8 Pt 1.007 255 256 4-0 4-0 27.22 26.648 27.655 Flow (q) from Route 2 7-8 Pe Pv BL 1.5300 82.05 14.32 120 0.281977 7-9 Pt 2.185 256 257 4-0 4-0 27.74 27.655 29.840 Flow (q) from Route 5 7-9 Pe Pv BL 1.5300 110.88 19.35 120 0.492283 6-11% Pt 8.304 257 93 4-0 4-0 28.84 29.840 38.144 Flow (q) from Route 7 1(9-11) 9-11 16101% Pe Pv DV 1.5300 173.94 30.35 120 1.132277 0-0 Pt 11.229 93 83 4-0 -3-71/2 63.06 38.144 49.644 Flow (q) from Route 12 P0(9-11) 9-11 9-11 Pe Pv 0.271 FM 3.3160 264.96 9.84 120 0.057037 10-71/2 Pt 0.606 83 82 -3'-7'% 371% 91.02 49.644 50.250 Flow (q) from Route 9 10-7% Pe Pv FM 3.3160 439.97 16.35 120 0.145747 10-7% Pt 1.549 82 81 -3-7% -3-7% 175.01 50.250 51.799 Flow (q) from Route 3 1071% Pe Pv FM 3.3160 476.99 17.72 120 0.169241 98-2 Pt 18.687 81 80 -3-7% -3-8% 37.02 51.799 70.521 Flow (q) from Route 16 IE(7-31/2) fEE(4'-11%) 12-3 110-5 Pe Pv 0.035 FM 4.3160 476.99 10.46 120 0.046887 228-3 Pt 19.675 80 10 -3-8% 16-1% 70.521 81.611 2fEE(4'-9), 3fr(22'-51/2), 12fE(9'-61/2) 1914% 419-7% Pe Pv -8.585 FR 4.3160 476.99 10.46 120 0.046887 17-8% Pt 1.724 10 6 16-1% 0-6 81.611 90.103 f(-0.000), 2fE(9'-6%) 19-1 36-9 Pe Pv 6.768 UG 6.4000 576.99 5.75 140 0.007360 3-6 Pt 0.204 6 5 0-6 4-0 100.00 90.103 91.824 Hose E(24'-2%) 24-2% 27-8% Pe Pv 1.517 UG 5.8800 576.99 6.82 150 0.009787 311-4 Pt 4.496 5 4 4-0 4-0 91.824 96.320 3EE(9'-l), 2E(18'-2), CV(41'-61/2), PIV(3'-lO%), 1(38-11%) 148-01/2 459-41/2 Pe Pv UG 7.7100 576.99 3.97 150 0.002616 335-11% Pt 1.119 4 3 4-0 4-0 96.320 97.439 4EE(11-6), 2E(22'-111/2) 91-101/2 427-10% Re Pv UG 8.5100 576.99 3.25 140 0.001837 10-0 N 5.199 3 2 4-0 -3-0 97.439 102.638 3E(32'-8%), BEP(-5.000) 98-2 108-2 Pe Pv UG 5.8800 576.99 6.82 150 0.009787 18-4% Pt 0.599 2 1 4-0 4-0 102.638 103.237 GV(3'-101/2), S, 1(38-11%) 42-10 61-3 Pe Pv 150.00 Hose Allowance At Source 1 726.99 Route ..... SP 1.0870 27.22 9.41 120 0.193494 1-61/2 Pt 2.603 205 255 -2-0 4-0 27.22 5.6 23.621 26.648 Sprinkler, 1(5-111/2), P0(5-111/2) 11-10% 13-5% Pe ~Pv 0.424 Route ..... SP 1.0870 27.25 9.42 120 0.193975 1-61/2 Pt 2.609 210 260 -2-0 4-0 27.25 5.6 23.685 26.718 Sprinkler, 1(5-11%), P0(5-111/2) 11101% 13-5% Pe Pv 0.424 BL 1.5300 27.25 4.76 120 0.036706 6-7% Pt 0.243 260 261 4-0 4-0 26.718 26.962 6-7% Pe Pv BL 1.5300 54.63 9.53 120 0.132894 7-5 N 0.985 261 262 4-0 4-0 27.38 26.962 27.946 Flow (q) from Route 4 7-5 Pe Pv BL 1.5300 82.52 14.40 120 0.285003 8-0 Pt 2.280 262 263 -3-0 4-0 27.89 27.946 30.226 Flow (q) from Route 6 8-0 Pe Pv , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. NJ AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/13/2018 3:32:30PM Page 6 Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFEICONF. Report Description: AREA #2 Pipe Type Diameter Flow Velocity HWC Friction Loss Length Pressure Downstream Upstream Elevation Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings Eq. Length Total Length Summary BL 1.5300 111.55 19.47 120 0.497757 6'- 11 1/21 If 8.396 263 92 4-0 -3-0 29.03 30.226 38.623 Flow (q) from Route 8 T(9'-1 1) 9-11 1610h/2 Pe Pv DY 1.5300 175.01 30.54 120 1.145171 0-0 Pt 11.357 92 82 4-0 -3-7% 63.46 38.623 50.250 Flow (q) from Route 13 P0(9-11) 9,-11 1 9-11 Pe IPV 0.271 -. Route 4 ..... SP 1.0870 27.38 9.47 120 0.195646 1-6% Pt 2.632 211 261 -2-0 4-0 27.38 5.6 23.905 26.962 Sprinkler, T(5'-11%), P0(5-11%) 11-10% 1351,4 Pe Pv 0.424 =. ..... Route 5 ..... SP 1.0870 27.74 9.59 120 0.200407 1-61/2 Pt 2.696 206 256 -2-0 -3-0 27.74 5.6 24.535 27.655 Sprinkler, 1(5-11%), P0(5-11%) 11-10% 13-5% Pe Pv 0.424 =. ..... Route 6 ..... SP 1.0870 27.89 9.64 120 0.202403 1-61/2 Pt 2.723 212 262 -2-0 -3-0 27.89 5.6 24.799 27.946 Sprinkler, 1(5-11%), P0(5-111/.) 11-101/2 13-5% Pe Pv 0.424 -Route 7 ..... SP 1.0870 28.84 9.97 120 0.215355 1-61/2 Pt 2.897 207 257 -2-0 4-0 28.84 5.6 26.519 29.840 Sprinkler, 1(5-11%), P0(5-111/2) 11-10% 13-5% Pe Pv 0.424 Route 8 ..... SP 1.0870 29.03 10.04 120 0.217986 1-6% Pt 2.932 213 263 -2-0 -3-0 29.03 5.6 26.870 30.226 Sprinkler, 1(5-11%), P0(5-11%) 11-10% 13-5% Pe Pv 0.424 Route ..... SP 1.0870 30.01 10.38 120 0.231830 1-61/2 Pt 3.118 201 251 -2-0 4-0 30.01 5.6 28.719 32.262 Sprinkler, 1(5-111/2), P0(5-111/2) 11-101/2 13-5% Pe Pv 0.424 BL 1.5300 30.01 5.24 120 0.043869 8-41/2 Pt 0.367 251 252 4-0 4-0 32.262 32.629 8-4% Pe Pv BL 1.5300 60.19 10.50 120 0.158998 8'-8 Pt 1.377 252 253 4-0 4-0 30.18 32.629 34.006 Flow (q) from Route 10 8'-8 Pe Pv BL 1.5300 91.02 15.88 120 0.341689 20-1 Pt 15.339 253 28 4-0 -3-7% 30.83 34.006 49.616 Flow (q) from Route 11 3E(4'-111/2), P0(9-11) 24'-g% 44-101/2 Pe Pv 0.271 FM 3.3160 91.02 3.38 120 0.007901 3-7% Pt 0.029 28 83 -3-7% -3'-7/2 49.616 49.644 3-7% Pe Pv =. ..... Route 10 ..... SP 1.0870 30.18 10.44 120 0.234322 1-6% Pt 3.152 202 252 -2-0 -3-0 30.18 5.6 29.053 32.629 Sprinkler, T(5'-11%), P0(5-11%) 11:10% 13-5% Pe Pv 0.424 =. ..... Route 11 ..... SP 1.0870 30.83 10.66 120 0.243643 1-61/2 3.277 203 253 -2-0 -3-0 30.83 5.6 30.304 34.006 Sprinkler, T(5-111/2), P0(5-11%)---1 11-10% 13'-5'/2E 0.424 =. ..... Route 12 ..... SP 1.0870 31.41 10.86 120 0.252220 1-61/2 Pt 3.393 209 259 -2-0 -3-0 31.41 5.6 31.459 35.276 Sprinkler, 1(5-111/2), P0(5-111/2) 11-101/2 13-5% Pe Pv 0.424 BL 1.5300 31.41 5.48 120 0.047728 11-0% Pt 0.527 259 258 4-0 -3-0 35.276 35.803 11-0% Pe Pv BL 1.5300 63.06 11.00 120 0.173268 3-7 Pt 2.341 258 93 -3-0 -3-0 31.65 35.803 38.144 Flow (q) from Route 14 T(9'-11) 9-11 13-6 Pe Pv -. ..... Route 13 ..... SP 1.0870 31.61 10.93 120 0.255213 1-61/2 Pt 3.433 215 265 -2-0 4-0 31.61 5.6 31.863 35.720 Sprinkler, 1(5-111/2), P0(5-111/2) 11-101/2 13-5% Pe Pv 0.424 BL 1.5300 31.61 5.52 120 0.048294 11-0% Pt 0.533 265 264 4-0 -3-0 35.720 36.254 11-0% Pe Pv BL 1.5300 63.46 11.07 120 0.175323 3-7 Pt 2.369 264 92 4-0 4-0 31.85 36.254 38.623 Flow (q) from Route 15 1(9-11) 9-11 13-6 Pe Pv -. Route 14 ..... , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRlNK® 12 02.0.61.0 1113/2018 3:32:30PM Page 7 U I I Ti I I I I I I ri I I I I I F~~ I I IHydraüIicAna1ysi &1t1I Job Number: 17-0904 - BRESSI CAFE/CONE. Report Description: AREA #2 Pipe Type Diameter Flow Velocity HWC Friction Loss Length IPressure Downstream Elevation Discharge K-Factor Pt Pn Fittings Eq. Length Summary Upstream Total Length SP 1.0870 31.65 10.94 120 0.255772 1'-6%f 3.440 208 -2-0 31.65 5.6 31.938 Sprinkler, 11'-lO%IPe 0.424 258 -3-0 35.803 T(511%), PO(5'll%) 13'-5%1Pv =. ..... Route 15 ..... SP 1.0870 31.85 11.01 120 0.258805 161,4 Pt 3.481 214 -2-0 31.85 5.6 32.348 Sprinkler, 11-10% Pe 0.424 264 4-0 36.254 T(5'-111%), P0(5-11%) 13-5% Pv Route 16 ..... SP 1.0870 37.02 12.80 120 0.341797 2-11% Pt 5.893 216 -2-0 37.02 5.6 43.696 Sprinkler, 14-3 Pe 0.424 266 4-0 50.013 T(5'-11%), E(2'-4%), P0(5-11%) 17-3 Pv BL 1.5300 37.02 6.46 120 0.064678 3-7 Pt 1.515 266 -3-0 50.013 19-10 Pe 0.271 81 -3-71/2 51.799 T(9'-11), P0(9-11) 23-5 Pv lEquivalent Pipe Lengths of Valves and Fittings (C=120 only) - C Value Multiplier. I Actual Inside Diameter 487 Value 0fC 100 130 140 150 Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Inside Diameter ) = Factor Multiplying Factor 0.713 1.16 1.33 1.51 Pipe Type Legend Units Legend Fittings Legend AO Arm-Over Diameter Inch ALV Alarm Valve BL Branch Line Elevation Foot AngV Angle Valve CM Cross Main Flow gpm b Bushing DN Drain Discharge gpm BalV Ball Valve DR Drop Velocity fps BFP Backflow Preventer DY Dynamic Pressure psi BV Butterfly Valve FM Feed Main Length Foot C Cross Flow Turn 90° FR Feed Riser Friction Loss psi/Foot cplg Coupling MS Miscellaneous HWC Hazen-Williams Constant Cr Cross Run OR Outrigger Pt Total pressure at a point in a pipe CV Check Valve RN Riser Nipple Pn Normal pressure at a point in a pipe DelV Deluge Valve SP Sprig Pt Pressure loss due to friction between points DPV Dry Pipe Valve ST Stand Pipe Pe Pressure due to elevation difference between indicated points E 90° Elbow UG Underground Pv Velocity pressure at a point in a pipe EE 45* Elbow Eel ll%* Elbow Ee2 22W Elbow Flow Device fd Flex Drop FDC Fire Department Connection fE 90° FireLock(TM) Elbow fEE 45° FireLock(TM) Elbow fig Flange FN Floating Node fT FireLock(TM) Tee g Gauge GloV Globe Valve GV Gate Valve Hose Hose HV Hose Valve Hyd Hydrant LtE Long Turn Elbow mecT Mechanical Tee Noz Nozzle P1 Pump In P2 Pump Out PIV Post Indicating Valve P0 Pipe Outlet PrV Pressure Relief Valve PRV Pressure Reducing Valve red Reducer/Adapter S Supply sCV Swing Check Valve Spr Sprinkler St Strainer T Tee Flow Turn 90° Tr Tee Run U Union WirE Wirsbo WMV Water Meter Valve Z Cap , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. AutoSPRINK® 12 02.0.61.0 1/13/2018 3:32:30PM Page 8 I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I i&© M.E.P.CAD, Inc. RjAutoSPRINKO 12 02.0.61.0 1/13/2018 3:32:32PM Page 9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I nnr, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , © M.E.P.CAD, Inc. 5JAutoSPRINKS 12 02.0.61.0 1/13/2018 3:32:34PM Page 10 PIPE I I ® Galvanized Pipe When you specify Allied Schedule-10/Schedule-40 - M-COAT sprinkler pipe you get a UL listed and FM approved product. Although these products do not require separate approvals, Schedule-1O/Schedule-40 - M-COAT gives you the extra quality assurance you demand. Our Sch-10 (11/4"-8") pipe and Sch-40 (1"- 21/2") pipe have passed the same thorough lab testing as our other listed pipe products, and receive periodic mill inspections from both UL and FM agents to ensure consistent quality. I Schedule-10/Schedule-40 - M-COAT product can be "hot-dip" galvanized to meet FM requirements for dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating I specifications of ASTM A-i 23. ® Superior Coating I Our advanced formula mill coating offers a clean, durable surface. It is also paint-ready for custom color applications without special preparation. The internal surface of all black Allied Tube & I Conduit fire sprinkler pipe products up to 4.500" in diameter are coated with M-COAT, an advanced MlC coating that is FM approved for use in I hybrid sprinkle systems. ® American made I Able to meet "Buy American" requirement and is available through distributors in the USA, Canada, Mexico and Latin America. ® Specifications & Approvals Schedule-10/Schedule-40 - M-COAT pipe are in I compliance with the following: ASTM A-i 35, Type E Grade A, and NFPA 13. All pipe products have a rated working pressure of 300 psi maximum and also meet the stringent requirements for the following applications and tests: Welded Outlets Hydrostatic Pressure NPS ln;mm ' O.D. In; mm M Nominal I.D. '..jn; mm -COAT Specifications Nominal Wall In; mm Wt. Lbs/Ft; kg/m ' Wt. (H29..$i1t) Iba1fl; kg/m 44 CRR - 1,, 1.315 26.6 0.133 1.680 . 2.05 1 25 33.4 -. 3.38 3.05 - 1¼" 1.660 1.380 1'40. ,_ 3_5?'.. " 2.270 2.93 32 42.1 35.1 3.39 4.36 - 1½ 1.900 1.610 ,,-".145 20 4.0 3.61 1 .3 40.9.,.-" 3.68 5.37 - 2" 0.154 ''...5.13 503-"' 3.656 40j 2.375 52.5 3.91 75 5.4 2/2" 2.469 0.203 5.80 " 62.7 7.86:::3 5.16 1 8.6 11.73' NPS Nominal Nominal I.D. Nominal Wt. Wt. (H20 Filled) CRR In; mm O.D. In; mm In; mm Wall In; mm Lbs/Ft; kg/rn Lbs/Ft; kg/rn - 1¼" 1.660 1.442 0.109 1.810 2.525 7.0955 32 42.2 _T66 '2.77 2.7 3.75 - 1½" 1.900 1.682 0.109 2.09 5.6570 3.04 40 48.3 -472-3 2.77 3.1 4.52 - 2.375 2.157 0.109 2.640 4.22 4.5827 50 60.3 54.8 2.77 3.9 6.28 - 21/2" 2.875 2.635 0.120 3.530 5.89 3.5196 65 73 66.9 3.05 5.26 8.77 - 3.500 3.260 0.120 4.34 7.94 2.5550 75 88.9 82.8 3.05 6.4 11.82 - 4.500 4.260 0.120 5.62 11.78 1.6020 70-0 -11-43 108.20 3.05 8.3 17.53 - 1 I 5.563 I t 't 5.295 11A 0.134 mA 7.78 11 Co 17.33 1C01) 1.4874 150 6.625 168.3 6357 0.134 9.3 23.03 1.0251 161.5 3.40 13.8 34.27 - 0 0.114) 0.t'* V.00 ,u.ju 'tV. .1 .VJUJ 200 219 209.50 4.78 25.2 j i"i I Customer Service (800) 882-5543 Fax: (800) 659-7730 www.alliedtube-sprinkler.com I 1 ued • 16100 S Lathrop Ave. • 11350 Norcom Rd. • 2525 N 27th Ave. TUBE & CONDUIT* Harvey, IL 60426 Philadelphia, PA 19154 Phoenix, AZ 85009 APART 02013 Atkore International, Inc. All Rights Reserved. STP-S4-3-1301 ENGINEER: LOCATIONS: I D MEGA-FLOW-BLACK 700 South Dock Street info'wheatland.com Sharon, PA 16146 wheatland.com P 800.257.8182 Follow us on Twitter: I F 724.346.7260 ä'WheatIandTube SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: COMMENTS: D MEGA-THREAD-HOT-DIP GALVANIZED SYSTEM TYPE: WFS-051516 Wheatland Tube A DIVISION OF ZEKELMAN INDUSTRIES I FM Approved and Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe Wheatland's Mega-Flow steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved for roll-grooved, plain-end and welded joints for wet systems and UL, C-UL I and FM Listed for use with roll-grooved, plain- end couplings and welded joints for wet, dry preaction and deluge systems. Mega-Thread is FM Approved for use in wet systems and is UL, I C-UL and FM Listed for wet, dry and preaction sprinkler systems. Approvals and Specifications I Both products meet or exceed these standards: ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A NFPA 13 and NFPA 14 I . Mega-Thread is approved for standard hanger spacing I Manufacturing Protocols Mega-Flow and Mega-Thread are subjected to the toughest possible testing protocols to ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. Finishes and Coatings I Mega-Flow black steel fire sprinkler pipe receives a proprietary mill coating to ensure a clean, corrosion-resistant surface that outlasts standard lacquer coatings. This coating allows I the pipe to be easily painted without special preparation. Mega-Thread is hot-dip galvanized to meet FM requirements for dry systems and S safer to weld than many zinc-coated, light-wall I threadable products. Product Marking I Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show the manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size and length. Barcoding is acceptable as a - supplementary identification method. MEGA-FLOW SPECIFICATIONS MEGA-THREAD SPECIFICATIONS NIPS NOM OD NOM ID UL CRR* MEGA-FLOW - lThchedulelschedulel Mega-Flow Schedule Mega-Flow NomlniY -. Pcs./LIft - 10 40 ] 40 11/4 1.660 1.530 1.442 1.380 1.80 1.00 1.108 61 1.900 1.740 1.682 1.610 2.64 1.00 1.556 61 2 2.375 2.215 2.157 2.067 2.14 1.00 1.961 37 21/al 2.875 2.707 2.635 2.469 1.43 1.00 2.504 30 3 3.500 3.316 3.260 3.068 1.34 1.00 3.349 19 1 4.500 4.316 4.260 4.026 1.00 1.00 4.331 19 6 6.625 6.395 6.357 6.065 .75 1.00 8.000 10 Calculated using Standard UL CAP formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. The CRR Is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). NIPS NOM OD NOM ID UL CRR* MEGA-THREAD I .. - 1"ScheduIe1 Schedule - Nominal Mega-Thread 40 Mega-Thread 40 L.W.T. Pipe' wt./ft. 1 Pcs./Lift1 1 1.315 1.087 1.049 1.00 1.00 .61 1.462 70 114] 1.660 1.416 1.380 1.00 • 1.00 .39 1.989 51 11/2 1.900 1.650 1.610 1.00 1.00 .31 2.370 44 2 ] 2.375 2.117 2.067 1.00 1.00 .25 3.094 30 Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). @ C& APPROVED PROJECT: CONTRACTOR: DATE: As the leading supplier of steel sprinkler pipe, we understand thatthere are no second chances in fire suppress i on. You need produ:ts of enduing quality and exceptional strength—plus rel.able service. You need Bull Moose. Bull Moose Fire Sprinkler Pipe Product information 0.0 (in) 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 I.I. (in) 1.530 1.728 2.203 2.705 3.334 4.310 - Empty Weight (It/ ft) 1.222 1.844 2.330 2.809 3.361 4.968 Water Filled Weight (lb/ft) 2.019 2.860 3.982 5.299 7.144 11.290 C.R R. 1.98 3.44 2.78 1.66 1.00 1.00 Pieces per liFt 61 61 37 30 19 19 - Llft Weight (lbs)2 lengths 1,565 2,362 1,810 1.770 1,341 1,982 Lift Weight (Ibs) 2. lengths 1,789 2,700 2,069 2.022 1 1,533 2,265 Lift Weight (Ibs) 23 lengths 1,864 2,812 2,155 2,107 1 1,596 2,360 I I I I EDIIW FLOW ADVANTAGES: UL Listed (US & Canada) and FM approved ASTM A135 and A795 Type E, Grade A Certified Complies with NFPA-13, 13R and 14 Industry-teading hydraulic characteristics CRR of 1.0 and greater All pipe NDT weld tested c®us LISTED APPROVED OTHER BENEFITS/SEtflhICES: We have the most stocking locations in the industry, for best delivery and availability Plain end or roll groove Eddy Guard bacterial-resistant inte.raL coa:ing Custom length options Hot dipped galvanization Peddi-Pipe® red or black pipe eliminates field pain:i -g Compatbk for use in wet, dry, preaction and dEluge sprinkler systems The only maker with EPDs (to help earn LEED points). . A.c,. ONFSA NFPA As the eading supplier of steel sprinkler pipe, we understand ha there are no second chances in fire suppeson. You need products of enduring quality and exceptional strength-plus reliable service. Yo reed But[ Moose. Bull MooseFire Sprinkler 171 Product information - 0.9. (in) 1.295 1.650 p.900 2.375 ,.. LEI (in) 1.083 1.418 1.654 2.123 (lb,'t) _EnptyWigh - 1.461 2.010 2.547 3.303 Water FIFed Velgflt (lb/ft) 1.860 2.754 3.458 4.842 - [FR. 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.03 . i2cespErLlt 70 51 44 30 - JtWeigit(lbs) 21 lengths 2,148 2,217 2,353 2,084 _________ ?4' lengths 2.454 2,534 2,690 2,382 - I_.itweigit(lbs) Lit Weignt (Its) !E lengths 2,557 2,639 2,802 1 2,481 I I I I I EDDYTHREAD 40 ADVANTAGES: 'JL listec (US & Canada) and FM approved ASTM A135 and A795 Type E, Grade A Certified I Complies with NFPA-13, 13R and 14 Industry-leading hydraulic characteristics - 'P of 10 and greater I A.. oipe NDTw€c tested I OTHER BENEFITS/SERVICES: We have the mos: :;tockirg locations in the indus:ry, fcr bes: deLvery and availability Plain end or roll grcove Eddy Guard U" bacterial-resistant internal coa:ilg Custom Length options Hot dipped galvanizaticr, ReddiPipe@ red or black pipe eliminates field pairstilg Compatible for use in wet, dry, preaction and deluge sprinkler sytems The onv maker with EPDs (to help earn LEED points). I c®us LISTED A ONFSA APPROVED NFPA I ELi FT I / I I I Limited Warranty SprinkFLEX0 warrants that its products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal conditions of use and service for a period of one year f:-cm date of sale. Our obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing any product that is returned to us with transportation charges prepaid within one year after the date of original sale and that our examina:ion shows to our satisfaction to have been defective in materials or workmanship under normal conditions of use and service. The decision as to whether to repair or to re21ace any product shall be made by us, and any repair shall be made at our facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are specifically excluded from the coverage of this warranty: the sprinkler head of any SprinkFLEXO product, but SpnnkFLEX® hereby assigns to The original purchaser of any such product the nglit to enforce the warranty, if any, issued by the manufacturer of such sprinkler head; defects resulting from ordinary wear ard tear, of any SprinkFLEX® Product; products that have been altered in any manner by the buyer or by anyone other than SprinkFLEX®; products that have been subjected to misuse, abusive use, or damage oy accident or casualty; products that have been installed or used in a manner contrary to our soecifications, instructions or recommendatio; products that have been installed or .sed in a manner that is not in :onpliance with all applicable requirements of any code, law, regulation or rule of any federal, state or local governmental or industry authority; and products that have not been inspectei and maintained in accordance with our specifications, instructions or recommendatiors, including, withoj: limitation, our recommendations as to following the inspection and maintenance standards published by The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA); and products that have been affected by M crobiologically Influenced Coiosion (MIC). This warranty is not assigrable and shall berefit only the original purchaser of a SpnnkFLEX® product. If any provision hereof or any port on of any provision shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Limited Warranty shall not be affected thereby, and all provisions of this Limited Warranty shall remain valid and in full force anc effect to the fullest extent permitted by law. THIS WARRANTY IS IN JEU OF ALL IMPLED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION TO THE CONTRARY HEREIN OR ANY APPLICABLE LAW TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL SPRINKFLEX® BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING FROM ANY BREACH OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR OPERATION OF, OR ANY DEFECT IN, ANY SPRINKFLEX® PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE. The risk of damages frorr any breach of warranty with respect to injury to any person will be born by the purchaser of SpnnkFLEX®. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Series SFN Unbraided Flexible Hose Assemblies C®US LISTED Series SFB Braided Flexible Hose Assemblies <9> c®us IppRovm usmo SprinkFLEX® Stainless Steel Sprinkler Fittings connect the branch line to the sprinkler using a flexible stainless steel hose and reducer. The flexible stainless steel hose and fittings are intended for direct connection to the sprinkler and are particularly suited for use in suspended and hard ceiling applications. Each drop assembly comes with one stainless steel flexible hose, one branch line connection nipple, one sprinkler reducing nipple and bracket system. I I I I SYSTEM OPTIONS . Pre-assembled, ready to install, unbraided and braided flexible stainless steel hose lengths: 28" (700mm), 40" (1000mm), 48" (1200mm), 59" (1500mm), 71" (1800mm) ./2" and 3/4 outlet fittings for connecting sprinkler Pre-assembled, ready to install mounting bracket available in 24" and 48" long Mounting bracket allows the sprinkler to be located anywhere within the ceiling with reference marks in the center for ease of installation without the need for measuring. Optional factory installed sprinkler head. I TECHNICAL DATA Maximum Working Pressure: 200 psi (1375 kPa) Maximum Ambient Temperature: 300 F (149CC) I . Connection to Branch Line: 1-inch NPT Minimum Bend Radius of Flexible Stainless Steel Hose: 3 inches (76.2 mm) per UL Listing 8 inches (203.2 mm) per FM Approval I The flexible stainless steel hose should not be bent within 2Y2 inches (64 mm) of the connection nut at both ends. Equivalent lengths are shown with maximum number of 90 degree bends at the minimum bend radius. 2-45 degree or 3-30 degree I bends equal 1-90 degree bend FM equivalent length calculation include sprinkler head Friction Loss. UL equivalent length calculation include the hose only. . UL Maximum K-Factor of Sprinkler to be connected to Sprinkler I Reducing Nipple: /2 inch outlets: 8.0 3/4 inch outlets: 11.2 FM Maximum K-Factor of Sprinkler to be connected to Sprinkler I Reducing Nipple: '/2 inch outlets: 5.6 3/4 inch outlets: 8.0 Listings and Approvals: I Unbraided models are UL Listed Braided models are FM Approved and UL Listed FLEXIBLE HOSE - NON BRAIDED L. C®US jUSTEO ~ TZ10 NO. DESCRIPTION NO. DESCRIPTION 1 Flexible Hose ¼" Nominal Diameter 5 Nipple 2 Ring 6 Reducer Y2" or 3 Washer 7 Plastic Cap Slip FLEXIBLE HOSE - BRAIDED @ us USTED ( Di_ '10 APFROVED NO. DESCRIPTION NO. DESCRIPTION 1 Flexible Hose /e Nominal Diameter 5 Nipple 2 Ring 6 Reducer '/2"orY4" 3 Washer 7 Braid 4 Slip Nut 8 Plastic Cap BRACKET ASSEMBLY ®.. ri- - ,c NO. DESCRIPTION NO. DESCRIPTION 1 24" or 48" Support Bar 4 Hex Screw tfr -i 2 Center Bracket Assembly 5 Wing Bolt 3 Clamp MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Corrugated Flexible Hose: SS304 Support Bar: G90 Galvanized Steel SEAL: EPDM Clamp and Center Bracket Assembly: 690 Galvanized Steel SLIF NUT AND NIPPLE: Zinc-P:ated Carbon Steel Hex Screw and Wing Bolts: Zinc-Plated Carbon Steel Slip Nut and Nipple: Zinc-Plated Carbon Steel Optional Tamper-Resistant Screw: Zinc-Plated Carbon Steel BRAID AND BRAID RING: SS304 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I FRICTION LOSS DAT UNBRAID[O HOSE UL LISTED MODEL INLET & OUTLET SIZE NPT INCH LENGTH INCH (mm) UL 3" BEND RADIUS MAXIMUM NUMBER OF 90 DEGREE BENDS UL LISTED — UNBRAIDED HOSE MAXIMUM EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF SCH 40 1 DIAMETER PIPE (C=120), FT SFN28H 1 x h/ 28' (700mm) 2 22 SFN28T 1 x Y4 28" (700mm) 2 28 SFN40H 1 x V2 40" (1000mm) 3 39 SFN40T 1 xY4 40" (1000mm) 3 54 SFN48H 1 x '/z 48" (1200mm) 3 56 SFN48T 1 xY4 48(1200mm) 3 63 SFN59H 1 x Y2 59 (1500mm) 3 59 SFN59T 1 xY4 59" (1500mm) 3 74 SFN71H 1 xY2 71)1800mm) 3 67 SFN71T 1 xY4 71" (1800mm) 3 74 Series SFN models are unbraided/Series Sb models are braided Unbraided hoses are UL Listed Braided hoses are FM Approved and UL Listed BRAIDED HOSE FM APPROVED AND UL LISTED MODEL INLET & OUTLET SIZE NPT INCH LENGTH INCH (mm) UL 3" BEND RADIUS MAXIMUM NUMBER OF 90 DEGREE BENDS UL—BRAIDED HOSE MAXIMUM EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF SCH 40 1" DIAMETER PIPE (C120), FT FM 8" BEND RADIUS MAXIMUM NUMBER OF 90 DEGREE BENDS FM—BRAIDED HOSE MAXIMUM EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF SCH 401 INCH DIAMETER PIPE (C=120), FT SFB28HD 1 87Qm)) 2~4 rA 74 SFB28T 1 xY4 28" (700mm) 2 29 1 39.1 4 O1000)) rR SFB40I 1 x 40(1000mm) 3 54 1 45.3 SFB48H 1 x V2 48 (1200mm) 3 63 2 73.4 SFB48T 1 xY4 48(1200mm) 3 55 2 64.3 S9H A 1500mm) T6j 8979, SFB59T 1 xY4 59(1500mm) 3 70 3 86.5 SFB71H 1xY2 71(1800mm) 3 78 4 112.8 SF8711 10/4 71" (1800mm) 3 92 4 104.9 BRAIDED HOSE WITH ELBOW - FM APPROVED MODEL INLET & OUTLET SIZE NPT INCH LENGTH INCH (mm) FM 8" BEND RADIUS MAXIMUM NUMBER OF 90 DEGREE BENDS FM—BRAIDED HOSE MAXIMUM EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF SCH 40 1 DIAMETER PIPE (C=120), FT SFB28H - E 1 x /2 28' (700mm) 1 48.4 SFB28T—E 1 xY4 28" (700mm) 1 41.1 SFB40H - E 1 x /z 40" (1000mm) 1 55.9 SFB40T -E 1 x Y4 40 (1000mm) 1 47.3 SFB48H - E 1 x /2 48(1200mm) 2 75.4 5FB481—E 1 xY4 48" (1200mm) 2 66.3 SFB59H—E 1 xY2 59" (1500mm) 3 91.9 SF859T—E 1 xY4 59(1500mm) 3 88.5 SFB71H—E 1xYz 71(1800mm) 4 114.8 SFB71T—E 1 xY4 71" (1800mm) 4 106.9 I I I I I I I I ',. ••!', '4 t .3 . I . •, ,. f 4V !. €1he€J UNISTRUT —. FLEXJ*AD Koiikorg HI8dV s D1JSTRI S HeritagePlastics FITTINGS ((EASTERA) TECTRONTube Columbia -MBF R..STRUT udti prinkFLEX SGI KElfTEq4 maro cabIérnna STEEL COMPOWR1SL AC • Calpipe COUIASTSTEMSI FLX%N Galconduit €albrite €abon LEXIBL CONDU I I I I I FITTINGS J I I U I 1 I I I I I I I I Juctile Irc F I I I I I I I I I I I I. I I I 1 I I SMITH, = COOPERO INTERNATIONAL Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings eel ions <: branded ductile iron threaded fittings are UL Listed and FM Approved at 500 psi Rated to 300 WSP U us Ductile iron castings conform to ASTM A536 c LISTED Fitting dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Bushings and plugs conform to ASME B16.14 FM Fittings are 100% air tested APPROVED NPT threads on all fittings conform to ASME B 1.20.1 Independent lab verification that fittings meet applicable chemical & physical properties Manufacturing facilities are ISO 9001:2008 and ISO 14001 Temperature Degrees F Working Pressure, Nonshock psiG 300# Class Threaded Fittings -20 to 100 500 150 500 200 480 250 460 300 440 350 420 400 400 450 380 500 360 550 340 600 320 650 300 I c®US <~ APPROVED LISTED Size in Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1/2 35E 3004 1.13 100 200 0.2 3/4 35E 3006 1.31 70 140 0.3 1 35E 3010 1.50 40 80 0.5 1-1/4 35E 3012 1.75 25 50 0.8 1-1/2 35E3014 1.94 18 36 1.1 2 35E 3020 2.25 10 20 1.8 2-1/2 35E 3024 2.70 4 8 3.2 I 1 11 Fig. 35E 3_900 Elbow I I I I I 1 I Fig. 35RE3 - 900 Reducing Elbow Size in Part Number A in - B, in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 3/4 x 1/2 35RE3006004 1.20 1.22 80 160 0.3 1 x 1/2 35RE3010004 - .26 1.36 _70 140 0:4 1 x3/4 35RE3010006 1.38 1.45 50 100 0.4 1-1/4x 1/2 35RE3012004 1.34 1.53 35 70 0.5 1-1/4 x 3/4 35RE3012006 1.45 1.63 35 70 0.6 1-1i41 35RE3012010 - .58 1.67 30 60 0.7 1-1/2x1/2 35RE3014004 1.52 1.75 30 60 0.6 1-1/2x3/4 35RE3014006 1.52 1.75 25 50 0.7 1-1/2x1 35RE3014010 1.65 1.80 20 40 0.8 1-1/2x1-1/4 35RE3014012 - .82 1.88 18 36. 1.0 2x1/2 35RE3020004 1.60 1.97 18 36 1.0 2x 3/4 351RE3020006 1.60 1.97 18 36 1.0 2 x 1 35RE3020010 1.73 2.02 16 32 1.2 2x 1-1/4 35RE3020012 - .90 2.10 12 24 1.3_ 2x1-1/2 35RE3020014 2.02 2.16 10 20 1.5 2-1/2 x 1-1/2 35RE3024014 2.16 2.51 6 12 2.2 2-1/2 x 2 35RE3024020 2.39 2.60 6 12 2.5 Fig. 35F 3-45° Elbow Size in Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1/2 35F 3004 0.88 150 300 0.2 _3/4 35F 3006 _0.98 80 160 0.3 1 35F3010 1.13 40 80 0.5 1-1/4 353012_ 1.29 25 50 07 1-1/2 35F3014 1.44 20 40 2 ,35F3020 j.69. 10 20 _1.0 1.6 2-1/2 35F 3024 1.95 4 8 2.7 Fig. 35T 3- Tee Size in Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1/2 35T3004 1.13 80 160 0.3 3/4 35T3006 1.31 30 60 0.5 1 35T3010 1.50 25 50 0.7 1-1. 35T3012 1.75 10 20 1.1 1-1/2 35T3014 1.94 10 20 1.5 2 35T 3020 .2.25 6 12 2.4 2-1/2 35T3024 2.70 4 8 4.3 1 111 SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL® • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 9 FAX (323) 890-4456 0 www.smithcooper.com Fig. 35RT3 - Reducing Tee APPROVED LISTED 1 I Size in Part Number A in - B in - C in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 3/4x1/2 35RT3006004 1.20 1.20 1.22 60 120 0.4 1 x 1/2 35R13010004 1.26 1.26 1.36_ 30 60 0.6 - 1x1/2x1 35RT3010004010 1.50 1.36 1.50 30 60 0.6 1 x 3/4 35R13010006 1.38 1.38 1.45 25 50 0.6 1x3/4x3/4 35RT3010006006 1.38 1.31 1.45 35 70 0.6 1 x3/4x 1 35RT3010006010 1.50 1.45 1.50 25 50 ,0.7_ 1-1/4x 1/2 35RT3012004 1.34 1.34 1.53 20 40 0.8 1-1/4x1/2x 1-1/4 35RT3012004012 1.75 1.53 1.75 25 50 0.9 1-1/4x3/4 35RT3012006 1.45 1.45 1.62 15 30 0.9 1-1/4 x3/4x 1-1/4 35R13012006012 1.75 1.62 1.75 20 40 1.0 1-1/4 x1 35RT3012010 1.58 1.58 1.67 15 30 1.0 1-1/4x1x1/2 35R13012010004 1.34 :1.26 1. 25 50 1-1/4x 1 x3/4 35RT3012010006 1.45 1.38 1.63 20 40 0.8 1-1/4 x1x1 35R13012010010 1.58 1.50 1.69 20 40 0.9 1-1/4x1x1-1/4 35RT3012010012 1.75 1.69 1.75 15 30 1.0 1-1/2x1/2 35RT3014004 1.41 1.41 1.66 16 32 1.0 1-1/2x1/2x1-1/4 35RT3014004012 1.81 1.56 1.88 24 48 1.1 1-1/2x 1/2x 1-1/2 35RT3014004014 1.94 1.66 1.94 12 24 1.2 1-1/2x3/4 35RT3014006 1.52 1.52 1.75 16 32 1.1 1-1/2x 3/4 x 1-1/4 35RT3014006012 1.94 1.66 1.88 20 40 1.1 1-1/2x3/4x1-1/2 35RT3014006014 1.94 1.75 1.94 18 36 1.2 1-1/2x1 35RT3014010 1.65 1.65 1.80 12 24 1.2 1-1/2x1x1/2 35RT3014010004 1.44 1.25 1.69 20 40 0. 1-1/2x1x3/4 35RT3014010006 1.50 1.44 1.75 16 32 0. 1-1/2x1xl 35RT3014010010 1.65 1.50 1.80 16 32 1.0 1-1/2x1x1-1/4 35RT3014010012 1.82 1.67 1.88 12 24 1.2 1-1/2x1x1-1/2 35R13014010014 1.94 1.80 1.94 12 24 1.3 1-1/2x1-1/4 35RT3014012 1.82 1.82 1.88 12 24 1.4 1-1/2x1-1/4 x1/2 35R13014012004 1.41 1.34 1.66 16 32 0.9 1-1/2x1-1/4 x3/4 35RT3014012006 1.52 1.45 1.75 16 32 1.0 1-1/2x1-1/4x1 35R13014012010 1.65 1.58 1.80 16 32 1.1 1-1/2x1-1/4x1-1/4 35RT3014012012 1.82 1.75 1.88 14 28 1.3 1-1/2x 1-1/4x 1-1/2 35R13014012014 1.94 1.88 1.94 14 28 1.4 2 x 1/2 35RT3020004 1.49 1.49 1.88 10 20 .5 2 x 3/4 35RT3020006 1.60 1.60 1.97 10 20 1.6 2x1 35RT3020010 1.73 1.73 2.02 8 16 1.7 2x 1 x2 35RT3020010020 2.25 2.02 2.25 8 16 1.9 2x1-1/4 35RT3020012 1.90 1.90 2.10 8 16 1.9 2x 1-1/4x2 35RT3020012020 2.25 2.10 2.25 8 16 2.0 2 x 1-1/2 35RT3020014 2.02 2.02 2.16 8 16 2.1 2x1-1/2x1/2 35RT3020014004 1.49 1.41 1.88 10 20 1.3 2 x 1-1/2 x 3/4 35RT3020014006 1.60 1.52 1.97 10 20 1.4 2x1-1/2x1 35RT3020014010 1.73 1.65 2.02 8 16 1.5 2x1-1/2x1-1/4 35RT3020014012 1.90 1.82 2.10 8 16 1.7 2x1-1/2x1-1/2 35R13020014014 2.02 1.94 2.1-6,- 8 16 1.8 Fig. 35BT3 - Bull Head Tee Size in Part Number A in B in C in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 3/4x1 35BT3006010 1.45 1.45 1.37 30 60 0.6 1 x 1-1/4 35BT3010012 1.67 1.67 1.58 20 40 0.9 1 x 1-1/2 35B13010014 1.80 1.80 1.65 15 30 1.0 1-1/4x1x1-1/2 35B13012010014 1.88 1.80 1.82 15 30 1.2 1-1/4x1-1/2 358T3012014 1.88 1.88 1.82 15 30 1.3 1-1/4x2 35B13012020 2.10 2.10 1.90 10 20 1.6 1-1/2x1-1/4x2 35BT3014012020 2.16 2.10 2.02 10 1-8 20 1.8 1-1/2x2 35B13014020 2.16 2.16 2.02 16 1.8 ci I SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL® • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX (323) 890-4456 • www.smithcooper.com 112 [1 I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I [H c®uS APPROVED LISTED Fig. 35CP3 - Straight Coupling with Ribs I Size I Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 350P3004 1.38 200 400 0.1 3/4 56R3QQ 1.63 100 200 0.2 1 35CP3010 -LZ 60 120 0.4 1-1/4 35CP3012 70 0.5 35CP3014 2.19 0.7 I 2 35CP3020 2.62 15 30 2-1/2 35CP3024 3.00 9 18 2.2 Fig. 35RC3 - Hex Reducing Coupling - or/ a, qi, I Size I Part Number A, Packing Weight _ in in Inner Master lb I_1x1/2 35RC3010004 1.69 80 160 0.3 I 1x3/4 35RC3010006 1.69 60 120 0.4 I 1-1/4x3/4 35RC3012006 2.06 40 80 0.6 2x1(nothex) 35RC3020010 2.81 20 40 1 1.0 Fig. 35HB3 -Hex Bushing Size in Part Number ____ A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1 x1/2 35HB3010004 1.06 180 360 0.2 ____ 1-1/4x1 35HB3010006 3R594.2fl100 35HB3014010_ 1.06 180 360 0.1 1.19 90 180 0.2 1/1 75 150 0.4 1-1/2x1-1/4 35HB3014012 1.25 ______ _____ 150 ____ 0.3 _________ 2 x 1 35HB3020010 1.38 ___ 0.6 2x1-1/4 35HB3020012 1.38 40 ____80 ____ 0.6 2x1-1/2 35HB3020014 1.38 40 80 0.6 Fig. 355P3 - Square Head Plug I I I 1 I I Size in Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1/2 35SP3004 0.94 600 1200 0.07 3/4 35SP3006 . 1.12 350 700 0.1 1 35SP3010 1.25 200 400 0.1 1-1/4 35SP3012 1.37 100 200 0.3 1-1/2 35SP3014 1.44 80 160 0.4 2 35SP3020 1.50 45 90 0.6 Fur. 35U 3- Union with Brass Seat Size in Part Number _______________ A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1 35U3010 2.19 20 40 1.0 1-1/4 35U3012 2.50 15 30 1.2 1-1/2 35U3014 2.62 10 20 1.7 2 35U3020 3.12 6 12 2.4 113 SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL® • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX (323) 890-4456 • wwwsrnithcooper.com <E> APPROVED Fig. 35X 3— Cross LISTED in lb Inner Master Fig. 35RX3 - Reducing Cross I Size flmH 4 in Part Number Packing Weight I lb I ______ 8 jn lnrMaster 15 30 1.2 I 1-1/2x1 3 1.4 I2x1 I 35RX3020010 2.0 Fig. 35C 3— Cap Size i n Part Number A in Packing Weight lb Inner Master 1/2 350 3004 0.87 300 600 0.1 - 350 3006 0.97 200 400 0.1 1 35C3010 1.16 110 220 0.2 1-1/4 350 3012 1.28 70 140 - 0.4 1-1/2 35C 3014 1.33 50 100 0.5 2 35C 3020 1.45 25 50 0.8. 2-1/2 35C 3024 1.70 18 36 1.6 Fig. 35BC3 - Beam Clamp Part Number I Packing Weight lb Inner Master 3/8 35BC300~— 100 fJ 200 0.3 5BC3004 160 0.5 I I I SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL® • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX (323) 890-4456 • www.srnithcooper.com 114 1 I [ii I FireLock® Rigid Coupling STYLE 005 WITH VIC-PLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) FireLock® Style 005 rigid coupling has a unique, patented angle-pad design which allows the housings to offset while clamping the grooves. By permitting the housings to slide on the angled bolt pads, rigidity is obtained. Support and hanging requirements correspond to NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems. Angle-pad design permits assembly by removing one nut/bolt and swinging the housing over the gasket. This reduces components to handle during assembly. Style 005 FireLock coupling are designed and recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. VicPIusTM Gasket System: In North America, Victaulic® offers a gasket system which requires no field lubrication on wet pipe systems that are hydrostatically tested. The VicPlusTM System (patented) is dry, clean, and non-toxic. It reduces assembly time substantially and eliminates the mess and chance of over- lubrication. Please refer to the latest copy of the Victaulic Field Installation Handbook (1-100) for supplemental lubrication requirements and dry pipe fire protection system notes. MR S§ LPC and Vd5 Approved, see notes on page 4 SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS QED (PIus \Gaset I I I 1 I LISTING/APPROVALS The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Related '1 Working 11 Pressure II - 6 psi II I Related - I Working &1IM11 Pressure - psi Related L Working Pressure - psi 5 11,43 1 175 1 175 175 EL 1¼-2 1 300 1 N/A N/A MT I A - 21 300 N/A I N/A 1¼-4 350 350 350 ET 1¼-2' 300 N/A N/A SIF 1 14-4 N/A N/A 300 10,40 5-8 300 300 300 EZ 4-6 30015 N/A 300 Sly N/A 300 BLT 1 ¼ - 2 300 300 N/A FF 1 1/a - 4 N/A N/A 300 IF 3 - 8 1 N/A N/A 300 DF 1'4-4 300 300 300 GAL-7 1¼-2, 300 N/A N/A WLS 1¼-2 300 300 N/A Di 1¼-2 300 300 N/A MLI 1 1¼ -2! 300 N/A N/A XL 1¼ -3 r 300 300 300 EF 1'/-4 175@ N/A 175 MF 14-41 300 N/A 300 FM approved for service in 1 ½ - 4" pipe, UL Listed for service UP t04" pipe Only, @ UL Listed for service up to 3' only. I I I JOB/OWNER System No. I Location - CONTRACTOR Submitted By Date ENGINEER Spec Sect Para- Approved Date www.victaulic.com I VICTAuLIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vIcTAuLIc COMPANY. © 2006 vlclAuuc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REV-1 \4tau liC 10.02_i I 1 I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.02 FireLock® Rigid Coupling STYLE 005 WITH VICPLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) I I I Size Actual Nominal Outside Size Diametel' 1 ¼ 1.660 ' Max. Work Pressure PSI 350 Max. End Allow. Pipe Bolt/Nut@ Load End Sep. t No - Size Lbs. Inches Inches 755 ' 0.05 ' 2-/rx 216 Approx. Dimensions - Inches/mm Wgt. Each 2.75 4,50 1.88 ' 1.2 32 42.4 2413 3370 1.2 70 114 148 0.5 1½ 1.900 350 990 0.05 I 2- 3/ x2¼ 3.00 4.75 1.88 1.2 40 48.3 2413 4415 1.2 76 121 148 0.5 2 2.375 350 1550 0.07 2-¼x2½89 3.50 5.25 1.88 1.6 50 60.3 2413 6900 1.7 133 148 0.7 21/2 2.875 350 2270 0.07 2-'/ax21/2 4.00 5.75 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 2413 10110 1.7 102 146 148 .09 76.1 mm 3.000 350 2475 0.07 2-3/ax2½ 4.13 5.75 1.88 1.9 76.1 2413 11010 1.7 105 146 148 0.9 3 3.500 350 3365 0.07 2- /8 x2½ 4.63 6.13 1.88 2.1 80 88.9 2413 14985 1.7 118 156 148 1.0 4 4.500 350 5565 0.16 2 - ¼x 2112 5.75 7.25 2.13 3.1 100 114.3 2413 24770 4.1 146 184 54 1.4 108.0mm 4.250 300 4255 0.16 2-Vsx2½ 5.63 7.25 2.13 3.1 108.0 2068 18940 4.1 143 184 54 1.4 5 5.563 300 7290 0.16 2-½x3 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.5 125 141.3 2068 32445 4.1 175 229 54 2.0 133.0 mm S.250 300 6495 0.16 2-½x2 4 6.63 9.00 2.13 4.5 133.0 2068 28900 4.1 168 229 54 2.0 139.7mm 5.500 300 7125 0.16 2 -½ x 24 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.8 139.7 2068 31715 4.1 175 229 54 2.2 6 6.625 300 10340 0.16 2-½x3 8.00 10.00 2.13 5.0 150 168.3 2068 46020 4.1 203 254 53 2.3 159.0mm 6.250 300 9200 0.16 2-½x2~ 7.63 10.00 2.13 5.5 159,0 2068 40955 4.1 194 254 54 2.5 165.1 mm 6.500 300 9955 0.16 1 2-½x3 8.15 10.00 2.13 5.5 65.1 2068 44295 4.1 j 207 254 54 2.5 8 8. 625 300 17525 0.19 2-%x4 h 10.50 13.14 2.63 11.3 200 219.1 2068 78000 4.8 I 267 334 67 5.1 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for perfor- mance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the Figures shown. t The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 005 couplings are con- sidered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. § Style 005 couplings are VdS and LPC Approved to 12 Bar/175 psi. I I I I I 1 I I I I I DIMENSIONS Rated for wet and dry sprinkler systems at 350 psi/2413kPa for 1 ¼ -4732- 100 mm sizes and 300 psi /2068kPa for 41/4 - 87108 - 200mm sizes; Schedule 10 roll grooved or Schedule 40 cut or roll grooved steel pipe. Style 005 is rigid and does not accommodate expansion, contraction or angular deflection. I I I I www.victaulic.com '4'tauiic VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 10.02_2 REV_I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.02 FireLock® Rigid Coupling STYLE 005 WITH VICPLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel (North America); red enamel (Europe) Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: Grade "E" EPDM - Type A Vic-PIus' Gasket System (Violet color code). FireLock products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services up to the rated working pressure using the Grade "E" Type A Vic-Plus' Gasket System, requiring no field lubrication for most installation conditions. Grade "L" Silicone Recommended for dry heat, air without hydrocarbons to +350F and certain chemical services. For dry services, Victaulic continues to recommend the use of Grade "E" Type A FlushSeal® Gasket. Contact Victaulic for details. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. A Standard gasket and FlushSeal gasket approved for dry pipe systems to —40°F/-40°C. Based on "typical" pipe surface conditions, supplemental lubricant is recommended for services installed below O°F/-18°C and for all dry pipe systems or systems to be subjected to air tests prior to being filled with water. Supplemental lubrication may also be required on pipe with raised or undercut weld seams or pipe that has voids and/or cracks at the weld seams. Victaulic continues to recommend the use of FlushSeal gaskets for dry services. www.victaulic.com I VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vIcTAuLIc COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA REV-1 J4c_ t _au I iC 10.60_3 WITH VIC-PLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) GENERAL NOTES WARNING: Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. II liii IIHI IIlIIIIIlIIIIII 11111111 III II WCAS-697KR4 For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.02 1538 REV I UPDATED 912006 VICTAuLIc IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIc COMPANY. © 2006 vIcTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 10.02 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I JtauIic I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I FireLock EZ® Rigid Coupling STYLE 009N The FireLock EZ Style 009N coupling is a rigid, installation-ready coupling for fire protection pipe joining. The coupling's unique design eliminates loose parts, insures consistent installation and provides substantial gains in productivity. IMPORTANT FireLock EZ Style 009N couplings are recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems PATENTED LISTINGS/APPROVALS * The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Standard Pipe - I am am 1¼ 175 365 365 365 365 32 1206 2517 2517 2517 2517 1½ 175 365 365 365 365 40 1206 2517 2517 2517 2517 2 175 365 365 365 365 50 1206 2517 2517 2517 2517 21h N/A 365 1 365 365 365 65 2517 2517 2517 2517 76.1 mm N/A 365 365 365 365 2517 2517 2517 2517 N/A 365 365 365 365 80 2517 j 2517 2517 2517 108 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 N/A 365 365 365 365 100 2517 2517 2517 , 2517 133 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 139.7 mm Refer 10 Submittal 10.61 165.1 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 Refer to Submittal 10.61 150 * Listed/Approved for wet and dry pipe systems (>-40°F/-40°C) for continuous use in freezing conditions, use of silicone gaskets is recommended. Please refer to the Victaulic Installation Manual (1-009N/009H) for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com viclAuLic IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vlclAuuc COMPANY. 02013 vicTAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_B Para J -C. tauIicr 10.64_i I I LISTINGS/APPROVALS I STYLE 009N DIMENSIONS STYLE 009N PRE-ASSEMBLED (PUSH ON CONDITION) io ~Z. Al STYLE 009N JOINT ASSEMBLED I I I I I I I I I I I I I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.64 I FireLock EZ® Rigid Coupling STYLE 009N Speciality Pipe Pressure Rating Press re Rating- Pipe Size psih Pipe ps /kPa Pipe Size I LLIt 9ea Ii ltI_ BLT 1¼-2 300 EZT 111- 2 I 300 300 MT IA - 2 300 300 2068 2068 2068 2068 2068 OF 1¼-4 300 300 - I 100 300 MILT W-2 300 2068 68 EF 2068 2068 2068 OT 1¼ -2 300 300 FLF IA-4 N/A 300 SF y -2 N/A 300 28 291 068 2068 EF 1¼-4 175 175 1206 1206 FLT 1¼-2 1 N/A 300 2068 STF 1¼-4 300 2068 EL 1¼-2 300°° FLU -2 N/A 300 1 TF 2¼-4 N/A 300 2068 2068 2068 2068 ET40 1¼ -2 300 300 a 1¼ -2 300 1 300 WLS PA-2 300 2068 2068 2068 2068 2068 068 EZF 300 300 300 300 wsr 1is-2 N/A 175 2068 2068 2068 2068 JL XL 1¼-2 300 300 1 2068 1 2068 ize Press. Load Sep. t ; No. - Size imar-u-ir7ar-57 Dimensions - Inches1mm Wgt. Ea. Its II I 1¼ ' 1.660 365 790 0.10 2 -¼x2 3.10 4.90 2.70 4.90 1.92 1.4 32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 -M10x2 79 124 69 124 49 0.7 1½ 1.900 365 1035 0.10 2 - ¼ x 2 3.30 5.10 3.00 5.10 1.92 1.5 40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 - M10x 2 84 129 76 129 49 0.7 2 2.375 365 1616 0.12 2 - ¼ x2 3.90 5.60 3.50 5.60 1.95 1.9 50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 -Ml0x2 99 142 89 142 50 0.9 21/2 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 - 1/. x 2½ 4.50 6.10 4.00 6.10 1.95 2.1 65 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 - Ml0x 2½ 114 155 102 155 50 1.0 76.1 mm 3.000 365 2580 0.12 2 - 7/ax 2 ½ 4.56 6.00 4.05 6.06 1.94 2.1 76.1 2517 11476 3.05 - MID x2½ 115.7 152.5 102.8 153.9 49.2 1.0 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 2 - % x 2 ½5.10 6.70 4.60 6.70 1.95 2.3 80 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 -M10x2½ 129 170 117 170 50 1.0 108 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 4 4.500 365 5805 0.17 2 - ¼ x 2 ½ 5.95 7.80 5.54 7.47 2.14 2.9 100 114.3 2517 25822 4.32 - Mb x2½ 151 199 141 190 55 1.3 133 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 139.7 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 165.1 mm Refer to Submittal 10.61 Refer to Submittal 10.61 ISO * Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See page 1 of this document for Listed/Approved ratings on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 ½ times the figures shown in the chart on page 1, specific to pipe schedule and size. The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. FireLock EZ couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. I I www.victaulic.com vIcTAuLIc IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vlcTAuuc COMPANY. 02013 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 1O.64_2 \4tauIiC REV-8 STYLE 009N MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Duètile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific) Red enamel (Europe) Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. GENERAL NOTES NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009N couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps con- taining the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. USE OF FLUSHSEAL GASKETS FireLock EZ couplings are supplied with FireLock EZ Grade "E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets FOR DRY PIPE SYSTEMS include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the same benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard F(ushSeal gaskets are not compatible and cannot be used with the FireLock EZ couplings. INSTALLATION See publication: I-009N/009H. Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. I. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.64 7072 REV B UPDATED 0212013 xtA—c--taul—id vicTAuLic IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2013 vicTAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.64 Coupling STYLE 75 ® ILPCBI SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS Style 75 is available where moderate pressures are expected or weight considerations are a factor. Up to 50% lighter in weight than the Style 77, the Style 75 coupling is recommended for service up to 500 psi/3450kPa depending on size. Housings are cast in two identical pieces in all sizes. Hot-dip galvanized and special coatings are available for all sizes. Exaggerated for clarity MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice*) Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. Recommended for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F/+30°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "T" nitrile Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; except hot, dry air over +140°F/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR HOT WATER SERVICES. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victauIic.com '/tauIic VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REV_H 1 06.05_1 I I CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS Coupling STYLE 75 06.05 DIMENSIONS Size Actual Nominal Outside Max. Work Allow. Pipe 0 Pressure Max. End Load End Sep. t Deflect. Fr. C, Dimensions - Inches/mrn Size Diameter Inches Inches mm mm 1 I 1.315 i Pipe psi Lbs. Inches kPa N mm mm/M lL.n..u_.u.u_'i.i.iiiiiti.iii: 500 680 0-0.06 2 -43' 0.57 2.38 4.27 1.77 2-3/ x2 1.3 25 33.4 3450 3025 0-1.6 48 j 61 108 45 0.6 1¼ 1.660 500 1080 0-0.06 2 - b 0.45 2-3/ax2 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4 32 42.2 3450 4805 0-1.6 38 68 117 45 0.6 11/2 1.900 500 1.420 0-0.06 I• - 56' 0.40 2-Vax2 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 40 48.3 3450 6320 0-1.6 33 74 122 45 0.6 2 2.375 500 2.215 0-0 ' 06 - 31' 0.32 2 -3/ax 2 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 50 60.3 3450 9860 0-1.6 26 87 133 48 0.8 21/2 2.875 500 3.245 0-0.06 - 15' 0.26 2-3/ax2 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9 65 . 73.0 3450 14440 0-1.6 22 98 144 48 0.9 76.1 mm 3.000 500 3.535 0-0.06 . - 12 0.26 2-3/ax2 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9 76.1 3450 15730 0-1.6 22 102 150 48 0.9 3 3.500 500 4.800 0-0.06 0.22 2-½x21/. 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9 80 88.9 3450 21360 0-1.6 18 114 178 48 1.3 3½ 4.000 500 6.300 0-0.06 0.19 2- ½ x 2~ 5.00 7.50 1.88 2.9 90 101.6 3450 28035 0-1.6 16 127 191 48 1.3 4 4.500 500 7.950 0-0.13 1 -36' 0.34 2- 1/2 x 2114 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 100 114.3 3450 35380 0-3.2 28 147 204 54 1.9 108.0mm 4.250 450 6.380 0-0.13 r - 41' 0.35 2- 12x70.0 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7 108.0 3100 28395 0-3.2 29 141 198 54 1.7 41/2 5.000 450 8.820 0-0.13 1. -26' 0.25 2- ¼ x 3¼ 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5 120 127.0 3100 39250 0-3.2 21 156 240 54 2.5 S 5.563 450 10.935 0-0.13 - 18' 0.27 2 -5/6x 3¼ 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 125 141.3 3100 48660 0-3.2 23 175 256 54 2.6 133.0mm 5.250 450 9.735 0-0.13 r - 21' 0.28 2- 16x82.5 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 3100 43325 0-3.2 24 166 238 54 2.7 139.7 mm 5.500 450 10.665 0-0.13 1 -18' 0.28 2- 5/BX 3¼ 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3 139.7 3100 47460 0-3.2 24 173 244 54 2.9 152.4mm 6.000 450 12.735 0-0.13 - 12' 0.21 I 2-5/ax3¼ 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2 152.4 3100 56670 0-3.2 18 187 266 48 2.8 6 6.625 450 15.525 0-0.13 - 51 0.23 I 2-5kx3¼ 8.00 11.07 2,13 7.0 150 168.3 3100 69085 0-3.2 18 I 203 281 54 3.2 Continued on page 3. t @ * Refer to notes on page 3. 0 www.victaulic.com A-C. VICTAuLIc ISA REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAuLIC COMPANY. 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. tau I - C 06.05_2 REV_H I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS Coupling STYLE 75 06.05 I DIMENSIONS 7Nnal Actual Outside Deflect. Si". 159.0 mm Diameter 6.250 450 13.800 0-0.13 Per 1 Pipe 0.24 2- 16 x 825 7.63 10.49 I 2.13 6.8 159.0 3100 61405 0-3.2 20 194 266 54 3.1 165.1 mm 6. 500 450 14.940 0-0.13 r -o 0.23 2 - Vax 31% 7.84 10.66 2.06 7.2 165.1 3100 66483 0-3.2 19 199 271 52 3.3 203.2mm# 8.000 450 22.635 0-0.13 - 0 54 0.16 2-~x4¼ 9.72 13.33 2.31 12.6 203.2 3100 100725 0-3.2 13 247 339 58 5.7 8 8.625 450 26.280 0-0.13 - so' 0.18 2-~x4¼ 10.34 13.97 2.32 12.4 200 219.1 3100 116945 0-3.2 14 263 355 59 5.6 254.ommll 10.000 350 27.500 0-0.13 - 43 0.15 2-'7sx5½ 12.16 15.81 2.53 20.8 254.0 2400 122375 0-3.2 11 309 402 64 9.4 304.8mm II 12.000 350 39.500 0-0.13 0 - 36' 0.13 2-'/ax5½ 14.16 17.69 2.53 23.6 304.8 2400 175775 0-3.2 9 360 449 64 10.7 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or Cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. t Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 3/4 - 3 1/2/20 - 90 mm; 25% for 47100 mm and larger. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. E lei I amawmi I I I I I I www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 vIcTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REV_H Jtauhcr 06.05_3 I I I I I I I I I I Coupling STYLE 75 WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. I I I I I I I I IT I I I I I I I I Ill liii 1011111111111 III Ill III III 11111 III WCAS-6QAQQT For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 06.05 1470 REV H UPDATED 9/2006 VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAuLIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 06.05 --4.' Ac-t a -U1 ii C r I Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS I I I I I The Style 750 Reducing Coupling permits direct reduction on the piping run. Designed to replace two couplings and a reducing fitting, the Style 750 features a special reducing gasket for pressure responsive sealing. A steel washer which prevents telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger pipe during vertical systems assembly is available upon request. I Exaggerated for clarity MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others Gasket: (Specify choice*): Grade "E" EPDM (All other sizes) EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F/+30°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "1" nitrile Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +1407/+60°C. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Optional: Assembly Washer: Galvanized, carbon steel Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. I I JOB OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Location Date Approved Para I www.victaulic.com Ac VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAuLIC COMPANY. e 2006 VICTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. taulic REV_H 06.08_1 U Li U I I I I I I I I I DIMENSIONS [iI.!SI:] SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 I I I jtauIiC REV_H www.vlCtaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 06.08_2 fl IJ I ii • HDeflect. Fr. C,t 0 Bolt/Nut@ ii Dimensions - Inches/mm Approx. Wgt. Each 2 1 350 1000 0-0.07 0 ' -57' 0.20 2 /.x2 338 5.28 1.88 2.7 50 25 2410 4450 0-1.8 17 85 134 48 1.2 1½ 350 1 000 0-0.07 0 - 57' 0.20 2 -3/.x2 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.0 40 2410 4450 0-1.8 17 85 134 48 1.0 2½ 2 x 500 2215 0-007 0-47' 0. 16 3/s 2-x2 4.00 5.93 1.88 3.1 65 __50 3450 9850 0-1.8 14 102 151 48 1.4 76.1 mm x 2 350 1550 0-0. 07 0-47 ' 0.16 2- ½ x2~ 4.38 6.63 1.88 4.6 50 - 2410 6900 0-1.8 14 111 168 48 2.1 3 2 X 350 1550 0-0.07 0-39' 0.13 2-½x2~ 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.9 80 50 2410 6900 0-1.8 11 121 181 48 2.2 2½ 500 3250 0- 0.07 - 0 39' 0.13 2-½x2~ 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.3 65 3450 14460 0-1.8 11 121 1 181 48 2.0 88.9mm x 76.1 mm 350 2275 0-0.07 - 0.13 2-½x2~ 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.2 2410 10125 0-1.8 Il 121 181 48 1.9 4 2 X 350 1550 0-0.13 1-I9' 0.28 2 - ½x 3 4 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.1 100 50 2410 6900 0-3.2 25 159 226 57 3.7 2½ 350 2275 0-0.13 -19' 0.28 2 - %x 3/. 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.6 65 2410 10125 0-3.2 25 159 226 57 3.9 3 500 4810 0-0.13 - 19' 0.28 - 2 i'ax3V. 6.00 8.90 2.25 6.7 80 3450 21400 0-3.2 25 152 226 57 3.0 114.3mm x 76.1mm 350 2275 0 - 0.13 1-19' 0.28 2-1/.x3¼ 6.25 8.90 2.25 6.9 2410 10125 0-3.2 25 159 226 57 3.1 5 4 X 350 5565 0-0.13 1-3' 0.22 2-~x4¼ 7.18 10.70 2.13 11.2 125 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 19 182 272 54 5.1 6 4 X 350 5565 0-0.13 - 0 52' 0.18 2-~x4¼ 8.63 11.90 2.25 16.7 150 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 IS 181 302 57 7.6 5 350 8500 0-0.13 0 - 52' 0.18 2-~x4Y. 8.31 11.90 2.25 12.9 125 2410 37825 0-3.2 15 211 302 57 5.9 165.1 mm x 4 350 5565 0-0.13 o - 0.19 2-~x4Y. 8.63 11.90 2.25 15.2 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 16 I 219 302 57 6.9 8 6 X 350 12000 0-0.13 0.13 1 2-½x5 10.81 14.88 2.50 22.4 200 __150 2410 53400 0-3.2 0 - 38' 11 275 378 64 10.2 Refer to notes on back cover. Style 750 Reducing couplings should not be used with end caps (#60) in systems where a vacuum may be developed. Contact Victaulic for details. I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS I I FLOW DATA HEAD LOSS The head loss across Style 750 Reducing coupling is very small and is essentially the same as for standard short body reducing pipe fittings. Equivalent lengths of standard weight steel pipe are shown in the tables. All data is based on water flowing at ambient temperature. FLOW REDUCING FLOW EXPANDING soX25 25 50 OR 11/2 2.0 1½ 2 1.9 40 0.6 40 50 0.6 2½ 2 1.9 2 2½ 1.0 65 50 0.6 50 65 03 76.1 mm x 2 1.9 76.1 50 0.6 0.3 mm 1.0 3 2 5.5 3 3.5 80 50 1.7 80 1.1 21/2 3.8 4 3.0 65 1.2 100 0.9 88.9mm x 76.1 mm 3.8 2½ 3 2.5 4 2 6.0 4 3.0 100 50 1.8 100 0.9 2½ 6.0 76.1 mm x 88.9 mm 2.5 65 18 08 6.0 80 1.8 3 114.3mm 3.0 0.9 114.3mm x 76.1 mm 6.0 1.8 3 80 x 100 0.5 5 4 3.0 4 5 3.3 125 100 0.9 100 X 125 1.0 6 4 6.0 6 4.6 150 >< 100 1.8 150 1.4 5 4.5 165.1 mm 4.6 125 14 14 165.1 MM 4 6.0 5 6 2.3 100 1.8 125 150 0.7 8 6 7.3 6 8 6.0 200 150 2.2 150 200 1.8 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. dc REV_H 06.08_3 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I Reducing Coupling SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 750 I 1 I GENERAL NOTES * Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. Maximum working pressure rating based on larger pipe size. Maximum End Load rating based on smaller pipe size. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1½ times the figures shown. t Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 3/4 - 3 1h720 - 90mm; 25% for 47100mm and larger. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING: Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. I WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without I incurring obligations. I I US & WORLD HEADQUARTERS CANADA CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA I P.O. Box 31 Easton, PA 18044-0031 USA 905-884-7444 905-884-9774 (fax) 1-610-559-3300 1-610-559-3608 (fax) 4901 Kesslersville Road viccanada@victaulic.com vical@victaulic.com Easton, PA 18040 USA EUROPE ASIA PACIFIC I 1-800-PICK-VlC (1-800-742-5842) 32-9-381-15-00 86-21-54253300 • 1-610-559-3300 32-9-380-44-38 (fax) 86-21-54253671 (fax) 16102508817 (fax) viceuro@victaulic.be vicap@victaulic.com p;ckvic@victaulic.com I . . www.vlctaullc.com UNITED KINGDOM MIDDLE EAST 44 (0) 1438741100 971-4-883-88-70 44 (0)1438313883 (fax) 971-4-883-88-60 (fax) WCAS-6QAQRU viceuro@victaulic.be UPDATED 612006 06.08 1536 REV H dciictauliic~ VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. I 06.08 I 1 I I I 06.06 1 VICTAULIC° IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY Styles 741 and 743 Vic-Flange® Adapters I I I I 1 Style 741 14-24 Sizes Request Victaulic publication 10.01 for details. Style 743 (~ ~ (\!U--.!-;)/ < ~ ~ > Request Victaulic publication 10.01 for details. Illustrations exaggerated for clarity Style 741 Style 741 Vic-Flangetm adapter is designed for directly incorporating flanged components with ANSI CL. 125 or CL. 150 bolt hole patterns into a grooved pipe system. Sizes 2 - 12" (50 - 300 mm) are hinged for easy handling with integral end tabs which facilitate assembly. Sizes 14 - 24" (350 - 600 mm) are cast in four (4) identical segments which are interconnected as assembly is completed. The design incorporates small teeth inside the key shoulder ID, to prevent rotation. These teeth should be removed when Vic-Flange adapter is utilized with a Victaulic Series 700 grooved end butterfly valve, Schedule 5 pipe or plastic pipe. Vic-Flange adapters may only be used on Vic-3000 butterfly valves on one side in 2 - 8" (50 - 200 mm) sizes. They are not recommended for 10 and 12' (250 and 300 mm) sizes. Vic-Flange adapter Style 741 is not recommended for use with Victaulic Series 709 butterfly valves (contact Victaulic for recommendations). They may only be used on one side of Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valve, sizes 2 - 4' (50- 100 mm) fitted with standard or lever-lock handles. Vic-Flange adapter must be assembled so it does not interfere with handle operation. Style 743 Vic-Flange Style 743 flange-to-groove adapter permits direct connection of ANSI Class 300 flanged components into a grooved system. The two-piece, hinged housing engages into the pipe groove and bolts directly to any standard flanged component. The conventional bolt hole pattern allows for easy, fast assembly. Style 743 rotates 360° for proper alignment of bolt holes before tightening. Vic-Flange gaskets utilize the Victaulic pressure-responsive design, sealing on the pipe end and directly to the opposing flange face. No standard flange gasket is required. Style 743 is designed to mate with raised-face flanges, but can be used with flat-face flanges by removing the raised projections on the outside face of the flange. Vic-Flange Notes Because of the outside flange dimension, Vic-Flange should not be used within 90° of one another on a standard fitting. When wafer or lug-type valves are used adjoining a Victaulic fitting, check disc dimensions to assure proper clearance. Vic-Flange adapters should not be used as anchor points for tie-rods across non-restrained joints. Mating rubber faced flanges, valves, etc., requires the use of a Vic- Flange washer. Vic-Flange gaskets must always be assembled with the color coded lip on the pipe and the other lip facing the mating flange. I 1 I S REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC - S COPYRIGHT 2004 VICTAULIC - PRINTED IN U.S.A. Viclaulic Company of America • Phone: 1-800-PICK-VIC (1-800-742-5842) • Fax: 610-250-8817 - e-mail:pickvic@vicIauhc.com Victaulic Company of Canada • Phone: 905-884-7444 • Fan: 905-884-9774 • e-mail: viccanada@viclaulic.com Victaulic Europe • Phone:32-9-381-1500 • Fax: 32-9-380-4438 • e-mail: viceuro@victaulic.be Viclaulic America Latina • Phone: 610-559-3300 • Fax: 610-559-3608 • e-mail: Vical@viclaalic.com Viclaulic Asia Pacific • Phone: 65-6235-3035 • Fax: 65-6235-0535 • e-mail: Vicap@viclaulic.com 1534 REV E X0/22~taulfla~ I I I I H I I ______ 1'06.06J I DIMENSIONS • Style 741 Sizes 2- 12"(50 -300 mm) ANSI Class 125 and 150 Flange I I U Note: Gray area of mating face must be free from gouges, undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing. I I I Sealing Max. Max. Surface Dimensions Aprx. Pipe Size Work Pres. End Load No, Boltf Inches/mm Inches/millimeters Weight Each Nominal Actual Out. Dia. Out. Dia. PSI Lbs. Bolts Size 'B' Lbs. lnJmm lnimm kPa N Req'd.f Inches "A" Max. Mm. W X V Z kg 2 flTh 300 1,330 4 /a X 2L 3.1 50 60,3 2065 5920 60 87 172 152 121 19 1.4 21/2 2.875 300 1,950 4 518 X3 2.88 3.91 788 7.00 5.50 0.88 4.8 65 73.0 2065 8680 73 99 200 178 140 22 2,1 3 3.500 300 2,885 4 5/8 X3 3.50 4.53 8.44 7.50 6.00 0.94 5.3 80 88,9 2065 12840 89 115 214 191 152 24 2.4 4 4.500 300 4,770 8 /8X3 4.50 5.53 9.94 9.00 7.50 0.94 7.4 100 114,3 2065 21225 114 141 252 229 191 24 3.4 5 5.563 300 7.290 8 3/4 X 31/3 5.56 6.71 11.00 10.00 8.50 1.00 8.6 125 141,3 2065 32440 141 171 279 254 216 25 3.9 6 6.625 300 10.350 8 3/4 X 31/2 6. 7.78 12.00 11.00 4,5 63 9.50 1.00 9.9 150 168,3 2065 46060 168 198 305 279 241 25 6.500 300 9,960 6.50 7.66 11.00 9.50 1.00 10.0 165,1 mm 165.1 2066 44320 8 3/4 X 3/3 166 195 + 279 241 25 4,5 8 8.625 300 17,500 8 3/4 X 31/2 8.63 9.94 14.63 13.50 11.75 1.13 16.6 200 219.1 2065 77875 219 252 372 343 298 29 7,5 10 10.750 300 27,215 12 7/ X ' 10.75 12.31 17.19 16.00 14.25 1.19 24.2 250 273.0 2065 121110 273 313 437 406 362 30 11.0 12 1 12.750T 300 38,285 12 7/ X 'I 12.75 14.31 20.25 19.00 17.00 1.25 46.8 300 323.9 2065 170270 324 364 514 483 432 1 32 21,2 'Refer to notes on page 4. * "W" dimension does not apply. t Total bolts required to be supplied by installer, may be ordered from Victaulic. IMPORTANT NOTES: Style 741 Vic-Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard Cut or roll groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear or angular movement at the joint. When used with Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valves, plastic pipe or light wall metallic pipe, small teeth in I.D. of key section should be removed and may be used on one side of the valve. Contact Victaulic for information on A52129 Table E; ISO 2084 (PN10): DIN 2532 (PN10) and JIS B-2210 110Kl flanges. I Style 741 Sizes 14 - 24' (350-600 mm) ANSI Class 125 and 150 Flanges Sealing Surface Dimensions Pipe Size Max. Work, Max. End Assembly Bolts f Draw Bolts § Inches/mm Inches/millimeters Approx. Weight t Nominal Actual Pres. Load No. Each Out, Dia. Out. Dia, PSI Lbs. Bolts Size No. Size 'A" "B" Lbs. In/mm lnimm kPa N Req'd. Inches Bolts Inches Max. Mm. i v W X V Z kg 14 14.000 300 46.180 16.39 19.50 0.88 24.50 21.00 18.75 1.44 62.0 350 355.6 2065 205500 12 1 X 41/2 4 Ia X 31/2 356 416 495 22 622 533 476 37 28.1 16 16.000 300 60,300 16.00 18.39 21.75 0.85 27.12 23.50 21.25 1.44 79.0 400 406.4 2065 268335 16 1 X 4'/ 2 4 X 31/2 406 467 552 22 1 689 597 1 540 37 35.8 18 18.000 300 76,340 18.00 20.00 22.50 1.04 29.00 25.50 22.75 1.56 82.3 450 457.0 2065 339700 16 VI8X 43/4 4 X 41/4 457 508 572 26 737 648 578 40 37.3 20 20.000 300 94,250 20.00 22.50 25.25 1.17 31.50 27.50 25.00 1.69 103.3 500 508.0 2065 419400 20 V/8X 51/4 4 X 41/4 508 572 641 30 800 699 635 43 46.9 24 24.000 300 135,700 24.00 27.75 225 1.38 36.00 32.00 29.50 1.94 142.0 600 610.0 2065 603865 20 11/4 X 53/4 4 3/4 X 41/4 610 705 743 35 914 813 749 49 64.4 Refer to notes on page 4. Total bolts required lobe supplied by installer, may be ordered from Victaulic. Bolt sizes for conventional flange-to-flange connection. Longer bolts required when Vic-Flange utilized with wafer-type valves. § Draw bolts supplied with 14 -24' (350.600mm) Vic-Flange adapters. 2 Styles 741 and 743 Vic-Flange Adapters I I I I I I I I a VT W Li Note: Gray area of mating lace must be free from gouges. undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing. -J- --I-- -10 INX46- DIMENSIONS Style 743 Grooved pipe adapter to ANSI Class 300 flanges Remove to mate -1 Z to flat-faced I Note: Gray area of mating lace must be free from gouges, undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing. Sealing Max. Max. Surface Dimensions Aprx. Pipe Size Wk. Pres. End Load No. Bolts Bolt/Nut In/mm Inches/mm wgt. Each Nominal Actual Out. Dia. Out. Dia. PSI. Lbs. Req'd. Size A" B" I Lbs. InJmm Inimm kPa N f Inches Max. Mm. X V Z kg 2 2.375 720 3,190 8 5I8 X3 2.38 3.41 6.50 5.00 094 4.8 50 60,3 4960 14200 60 87 165 127 24 2,2 2'/2 2.875 720 4, 670 8 3/4 X 31/4 2.88 3.91 7.50 5.88 1.06 7.4 65 73.0 4960 20780 73 99 191 149 27 3.4 3 3.500 720 6,925 8 /4 X31/2 3.50 4.53 8.25 6.63 1.19 9.1 80 88,9 4960 30815 89 115 210 168 30 4,1 4 4.500 720 11.445 8 3/4 X 33/n 4.50 5.53 10.00 7.88 1.31 15.3 100 114.3 4960 50930 114 141 254 200 33 6.9 5 5.563 720 17,500 8 3/1X4 5.56 6.72 11.00 9.25 1.44 17.7 125 141,3 4960 77875 141 171 279 235 37 8.0 6 6.625 720 24.805 12 3/4 X41/2 6.63 7.78 12.50 10.63 1.50 23.4 150 168.3 4960 110380 168 198 318 270 38 10,6 8 8.625 720 42,045 12 /3 X4I4 8.63 9.94 15.00 13.00 1.69 34.3 200 219,1 4960 187100 219 252 381 330 43 15,6 10 10.750 720 65.315 10.75 12.31 17.50 15.25 1.94 48.3 250 273,0 4960 290650 16 1X51/4 273 313 445 387 49 21.9 12 12.750 720 91,880 16 11/8 / X 53 12.75 14.31 20.50 17.75 2.00 70.5 300 323.9 4960 408870 324 363 521 451 1 51 1 32,0 Refer to notes on page 4. Style 743 Vic-Flange must be ordered as a factory assembly when connected to a Victaulic fitting or valve. Contact Victaulic for details. Total bolts required to be supplied by installer, may be ordered from Victaulic. VIC-FLANGE ADAPTER NOTES 1 The Style 741 (2 . 12750- 300 mm) design incorporates small teeth inside the key shoulder I.D. to prevent rotation. These teeth should be removed when Vic-Flange adapter is utilized with a Victaulic Series 700 grooved end butterfly I valve, Schedule 5 pipe or plastic pipe. Vic-Flange adapter Style 741 may only be used on one side of Victaulic Series 700 butterfly valve, sizes 2 . 4" (50 - 100 mm) fitted with standard or latch-lock handles. 2 Vic-Flange adapter must be assembled so it does not interfere with handle operation. Because of the outside flange dimension, Vic-Flange adapter should not be used within 90 of one another on a standard fitting. When wafer or lug- type valves are used adjoining a Victaulic fitting, check disc dimensions to assure proper clearance. 3 Vic-Flange adapters should not be used as anchor points for tie-rods across nonrestrained joints. Mating rubber faced flanges, valves, etc. requires the use of a Vic-Flange washer. 4 Area A.B noted in the above drawing must be free from gouges, undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing. - 5 Vic-Flange adapter gaskets must always be assembled with the color coded lip on the pipe and the other lip facing U the mating flange. 6 Vic-Flange hinge points must be oriented approximately 900 to each other when mated. 7 Flange Washers: Vic-Flange adapters require a smooth hard surface at the mating flange face for effective sealing. Some applications for which the Vic-Flange adapter is otherwise well suited do not provide an adequate mating surface. In such cases, it is recommended that a metal (Type F phenolic for Style 641 with copper systems) Flange Washer be inserted between the Vic-Flange adapter and the mating flange to provide the necessary sealing surface. Typical applications where a Flange Washer should be used are: A When mating to a serrated flange: a flange gasket should be used adjacent to the serrated flange and then the Flange Washer is inserted between the Vic-Flange adapter and the flange gasket. B When mating to a wafer valve: where typical valves are rubber lined and partially rubber faced (smooth or not), the Flange Washer is placed between the valve and the Vic-Flange adapter. I C When mating a rubber faced flange: the Flange Washer is placed between the Vic-flanges and the rubber faced flange. D When mating AWWA cast flanges to IPS flanges: the Flange Washer or Transition Ring is placed between two Vic- Flange adapters with the hinge points oriented 90 to each other. if one flange is not a Vic-Flange adapter (e.g., flanged valve), then a flange gasket must be placed adjacent to that flange and the Flange Washer inserted between U the flange gasket and the Vic-Flange adapter. Transition rings rather than Flange Washers must be used when mating Style 741 to Style 341 Flange Adapters in sizes 14 - 24 (350- 600 mm). E When mating to components (valves, strainers, etc.) where the component flange face has an insert: follow the same arrangement as in Application 1. I When ordering Flange Washers, always specify product style (Style 741, 743, 341, 641, 994) and size to assure proper Flange Washer is supplied. I Styles 741 and 743 Vic-Flange Adapters 3 t06!06 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Black enamel Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Coupling Gasket: (specify choice*) Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range -30°F to +230°F (-34°C to +110°C). Recommended for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F (+30°C) and hot +180°F (+82°C) potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "T" nitrile Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range -20°F to +1 80*F (-29°C to +82°C). Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; except hot, dry air over +140°F (+60°C) and water over +150°F (+66°C). NOT RECOMMEND- ED FOR HOT WATER SERVICES. *Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Draw Bolts: 14 - 24" (350 - 600 mm) only: Heat treated oval neck track bolts conforming to ASTM A-i 83. 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I NOTES Style 741 and 743 Vic-Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard roll or cut groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear or angular movement at the joint. Working Pressure and End Load are total. from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight steel pipe, standard roll or Cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications, contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. WARNING: Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic company. All products shall be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Styles 741 and 743 Vic-Flange Adapters I I I I I I I DIMENSIONS 1.-C to E1 Ct L-0 oE _ No. 001 No. 003 C to El Wuto I - 4 1 No. 002 No. 006 I I I I I I I I 1O.O3J VICTAULIC IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY FireLock® Fittings I PRODUCT DESCRIPTION I ."...-. 1- FireLockm products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees are a CAD-developed, hydrodynamic design that has a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Style 005 and Style 009 FireLock couplings. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Victaulic FireLock fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock Style 005 couplings. Patented See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details. No. 001 No. 003 No. 002 No. 006 Fitting Size 90 Elbow 45 Elbow Straight Tee Can Actual Aprx. Aprx. Aprx. Thickness Aprx. Nominal Outside C to E Weight C to E Weight C to E Weight "1' Weight Diameter Diameter Inches Each Inches Each Inches Each Inches Each Inches/mm Inches/mm mm Lbs/kg mm Lbsfkg mm Lbsfkg mm Lbsikg 11/4 1.660 - - - - - - 0.82 0.3 32 42.4 - - - - - - 21 0.1 11/2 1.900 2.75 1.2 1.75 0.9 2.75 2.0 0.82 0.4 40 48.3 70 0.5 45 4.1 70 0.9 1 21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3 21/ 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0 65 73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 - - - - 76 1 mm 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 - - - - 3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5 4.250 4,00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5 - - 108 mm 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 - - 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3,25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 125 141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1 1.9 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 3.50 17.9 - - 159 mm 158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0 - - 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 150 168,3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8 I I ® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC - C COPYRIGHT 2008 VICTAULIC - PRINTED IN U.S.A. -SKU #WCAS.67PJUX United States • Phone: 1-800-PICK-vlc (1-800-742-5842) • Fax: 610-250-8817 • e-mail: pickvic@victaulic.com Canada • Phone: 905-884-7444 • Fax: 905-884-9774 • e-mail: viccanada@vicIaulic.com Europe • Phone: 32-9-381-1500 • Fax: 32-9-380-4438 • e-mail: viceuro@vicIaulic.be UK • Phone: 44(0)1438741100 • Fax: 44(0)1438313883 e-mail: viceuro@viclaulic.be Central and South America • Phone: 610-559-3300 ran: 610-559-3608 • e-mail: vical@victaulic.com Australasia • Phone: 86-21-54253300 • Fax: 86-21-54253671 e-mail: vicap@victaulic.com 1530 REV F t2UIi Ziir C®® FLOW DATA Frictional Resistance Fitting Size Equivalent Feet/meters of Straight Pipe Actual Straight Tee Nominal Outside No. 002 Diameter Diameter 90 Elbow 45 Elbow Inches/mm Inches/mm No. 001 No. 003 Branch Run 11/4 1.660 1.5 0.8 3.7 1.5 32 42.4 0.5 0.2 1.1 0.5 11/2 1.900 2.2 1.1 5.5 2.2 40 48.3 0.7 0.3 1.7 0.7 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5 50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1 21/2 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 65 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 76.1 mm 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5 108 mm 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 125 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 159 mm 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7,6 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0 200 219,1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0 I tie 110w data listed is oaseo upon me pressure ctrop 01 scnecluie 40 pipe. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12 Fitting Coating: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dipped galvanized This product shall be manufactured by victaulic or to victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. 2 FireLock® Fittings I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION FITTINGS I No. 67 Vic"-End II End of Run Fitting V1C1AU11C0 IS AN ISO 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY PRODUCT DESCRIPTION The No. 67, Vic"-End II, End of Run Fitting is the fast, easy, economical way to end a branch line. The fitting installs easily with standard FireLock'5 couplings and allows direct head connection, sprigs or drops. Available in 1'/4, 11/2, 2 and 21/2' (32 - 65 mm) sizes, the fittings can be supplied with 1/2, 3/4, or 10 (15, 20 ' or 25 mm) female threaded (NPT) outlet (BSPT option available). The 900 reducing outlet fitting is UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved for a maximum rated working pressure of 500 psi (3450 kPa). UYL See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details. DIMENSIONS, PERFORMANCE SIZE Approx. Nominal Inches C to E Weight Each Equivalent mm Inches/mm Lbsfkg Feet/meters of Pipe 13/ x 1/2 NPT 2.38 1.4 2.8 32 X 15 NPT 61 0,6 0,9 X 3/4 NPT 2.38 1.4 2.8 X 20 NPT 61 0.6 0,9 X 1 NPT 2.38 1.4 2.8 X 25 NPT 61 0.6 0,9 1112 X 1/2 NPT 2.50 1.6 2.9 40 X 15 NPT 64 0.7 0.9 X 3/4 NPT 2.50 1.6 2.9 X 20 NPT 64 0.7 0.9 X 1 NPT 2.50 1.6 2.9 X 25 NPT 64 0.7 0.9 2 X /2 NPT 2.75 1.7 4.0 50 X 15 NP! 70 0,8 1.2 X 3/4 NPT 2.75 1.7 4.0 X 20 NPT 70 0,8 1,2 X 1 NPT 2.75 1.7 4.0 X 25 NPT 70 0.8 1,2 21l2 X 1/2 NPT 3.00 2.0 5.7 65 X 15 NPT 76 0,9 13 X 3f4 NPT 3.00 2.0 5.7 X 20 NPT 76 0.9 1.7 X 1 NPT 3.00 2.0 5.7 X 25 NPT 76 0,9 1,7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12, painted Orange Enamel. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Optional: Galvanized - hot dipped. Outlet: NPT Optional: BSPT This product shall be manufactured by victaulic or to victaulic specifications. All products lobe installed in accordance with current victaulic installation/assembly instructions. victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. 8 REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULlO - S COPYRIGHT 2005 VICTAULIC -PRINTED IN U.S.A. - SKU #WCAS.6OCGPW 3209 REV C I I United Stales• Phone: 1-800-PICK-vlc (1-800-742-5842) • Fax: 610-250-8817 • e-mail: pickvic@victaulic.com Canada • Phone: 905-884-7444 • Fax: 905-884.9774 • e-mail: viccanada@victaulic.com Europe • Phone: 32-9-381-1500 • Fax: 32-9-380-4438 • e-mail: viceuro@victaxlic.be UK • Phone: 44(0)1438741100 • Fax: 44(0)1438313883 • e-mail: viceuro@victaulic.be Central and South America • Phone: 610-559-3300 • Fax: 610-559-3608 • e-mail: vical@viclaulic.com Australasia • Phone: 86-21-58855151 • Fax: 86-21-58851298 • e-mail: vicap@viclaulic.com X /taUIiC I I I 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I VALVES I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 175 PSI WWP Bronze Globe Valves Fire Protection Valve • Threaded Ends • Rubber Disc • Screw Over Bonnet Resistan""""" 115 PSI/12.1 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water I UL LISTED* I MATERIAL LIST PART SPECIFICATION 1. Handwheel Aluminum 1 2. Handwheel Screw Carbon Steel I Stainless Steel (1") Stem Bronze ASTM 8584 Alloy C84400 I or ASTM B505 Alloy C84400 Packing Nut Bronze ASTM 8584 Alloy C83600 or ASTM 816 Packing Graphite Impregnated (Non Asbestos) I 6. Bonnet Bronze ASTM 8584 Alloy C84400 7. Body Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 B. Seat Disc EPOM Rubber (1/4" - 3/8") Nitrile (1/2 - 1") I 9. Seat Screw Stainless Steel 10. Pack Washer Sheet Brass OPEN I 1(1-65-UI Threaded KT-65-UL NPTx NPT DIMENSIONS-WEIGHTS-QUANTITIES Dimensions Size A B Weight Box Master In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. Lbs. Kg. Wy. Ctn. Oty. t¼ 8 2.00 50 2.75 70 .48 .22 10 100 Re 10 2.00 50 2.75 70 .45 .20 10 100 1/2 15 2.28 58 3.12 79 .68 .31 10 60 3/4 20 2.28 58 3.12 79 .74 .34 10 60 1 25 3.12 79 4.50 114 1.68 .76 5 25 UI Listed for Trim and Drain use (Subject 258) - sizes ½'. 3/4". V. Size Va" and W supplied as KT-65 (Not UI. Listed). Subject to AIIJ Approval. t NOTE: See KT-211-W-UL for 1 'Ia" -2" sizes. I NIBCO WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDOLEBURY ST. • ELKHART. IN 46516.4740 • USA • PH: 18002340227 TECH SERVICES PH: 1.888.446.4226 • FAX: 1.888.336.4226 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: +1.574.295.3327 • FAX: +1.574.295.3455 w.nibco.com I I I I WA DO 0ilium 1 1Vi! 101 Re, W1 Sectional Floor Control Test and Drain Valve for Systems Requiring Pressure Relief Valve I -. TEST 1/2.' OffiFICE PUSH - I I R LL SIZE IN. MODEL 1011 Sizes: 3%U 1" 1 11/411 11/2" 2" 1 The AGF Model 1011A TESTANDRAIN5 provides the test and express drain functions for wet fire sprinkler systems on multi-story installations requiring pressure relief (NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R). The Model 1011A features a Model 7000 Pres- sure Relief Valve with drain pipe. The Model 1011A is available in a full range of sizes (34" to 2") with NPT connections (BSPT available). The Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve (UL/FM) features a flushing handle and a 175 PSI factory rating (other pressure ratings available). Complies with NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R Requirements Compact, Single-Handle Ball Valve Tamper-Resistant Test Orifice and Sight Glasses 300 PSI rated. Specifiable orifice sizes: 3/s" (2.8K), 7A6' (4.2K), ½' (5.6K), 17/32" (8.0K), 5/a' (11.2K, ELO), 3%" (14.0K, ESFR), and K25 Relieves Excess System Pressure caused by Surges or Temperature Changes Shipped with Relief Valve and Bypass Drain Ports Plugged to Expedite Pressure Testing Locking Kit Available Repair kits are available for all TESTANDRAIN® valves. Kit includes: Adapter Gasket (1), Ball (1), Valve Seats (2), Stem Packing (1), and Stem Washer (1). Valve and orifice size must be specified when ordering. NOTE: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and closing of the valve. Standard relief valves are required to OPEN in a range of pressure between 90% and 105% of their rating. The valves are required to CLOSE at a pressure above 80% of that rating. The relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for maintenance. Care should be taken that the relief valve CANNOT be isolated from the system when the system is operational. A relief valve should NEVER have a shutoff valve or a plug downstream of its outlet. G1il (X QJflIW/ sS-M1011A,.,v001 '06/13 TESTANDRAINO is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I Engineer: Contractor: Phone: 610-240-4900 Fax: 610-240-4906 www.testandrain.com I I I I Dimensions Model 1011 A C USTED ® TESTAN DRAIN® Model 1011 A 300 PSI Bronze Ball Valve, Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve APPROV8I Factory Rated at 175 PSI with other setting available Model 1011A- Front View SIZE A B C D E F G H 34* 7i6" 1½" 23/16 3½" 34" 1 W16" 4/ib" 63/8 ' (191 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) 1.1 75/16 ' 11/2 26" 35/8" 34" 1 12/6" 4Wa" 6½" (191 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) 11/" 716" 111/16" 26" 41/4" 35/8" 115/16 5Wi6" 71/2" (201 mm) (43 mm) (65 mm) (108 mm) (91 mm) (51 mm) (141 mm) (192 mm) 1½" 815/16" 115/16" 31/4" 51/i6" 37/8 25/a" 81/4' 10/8" (227 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) 2" 816" 115/16" 31/4" 51/16" 3/8" 2½" 81/4 107/8 (227 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) The Model 1011 provides the following... From the 2013 Edition of NFPA 13 Chapter 8.16.2.4.1* Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system. Chapter 8.16.2.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s) - & 8.16.2.4.3 shall be provided with a drain connection having a minimum size as shown in Table 8.16.2.4.2. Chapter 8.16.2.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain. Chapter A.8.17.4.2 (Wet Pipe System) test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full flow.., using an approved sight test connection containing a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.17.4.2.2 The test connection valve shall be accessible. Chapter 8.17.4.2.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location.., downstream of the waterflow alarm. Chapter 8.1 7.4.3.1 (Dry Pipe System) a trip test connection not less than 1' in diameter, terminating in a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.17.4.3.2 The trip test connection... with a shutoff valve and plug not less than 1", at least one of which shall be brass. Chapter 7.1.2 - a wet pipe system shall be provided with a listed relief valve set to operate at 175 PSI or 10 PSI in excess of the maximum system pressure, whichever is greater. Chapter 8.16.1.2.3* A listed relief valve of not less than /2" in size shall be provided on the discharge side of the pressure-reducing valve set to operate at a pressure not exceeding rated pressure of the system. Chapter A.8.16.1.2.3 - consideration should be given to piping the discharge from the (pressure relief) valve AGF Manufacturing Inc. Job Nam 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 Architect: Available on 11/4' to 2' size units only • "Available on 1/2" and 2" size units only I I I I I 1 1 I I Li Li I I I Model 1011 - Plan View Orifice Sizes W, ½', 17/32*, WELO*, ~" ESFR*, and K25** Materials Handle................Steel Stem ...................Rod Brass Ball ...................... C.P. Brass Body...................Bronze Valve Seat...........Impregnated Teflon Indicator Plate .... Steel Relief Valve.........Bronze Bypass Fittings... Brass Bypass Tubing.... Nylobraid Approvals UL and ULC Listed: (EX4019 & EX4533) FM Approved '01—W—P NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM MADE IN U.S.A. I I I I DEVICES I & ACCESSORIES 1 I Li Li I I I I H Ii I I I I Dimensions 0 A ! 0 •- Y4NPT SIZE/TYPE A B C D E 31/2 1005P 070 (94) 1.14 (29) 0.72 (69) 0,56 (14,2) 0,47 (11.9) Order Information 35 W 1005P 02L XUL Dial Size: 31h" I Patented Spring Suspended Movement Case Type Number: 1005 Case Material: ABS Connection Size and Location: 1A NPT Lower XUL for UL 393 listed and FM approved Range: 0/300 psi Domestic Headquarters Berea, Kentucky 200 Harrison Road Berea, KY 40403 Tel: (859) 986-9333 Fax: 1-800-28 BEREA (1-800-282-3732) International Headquarters Stratford, Connecticut 250 E. Main Street Stratford, CT 06614-5145 Tel: (203) 378-8281 Fax: (203) 385-0499 Chicago, Illinois 400 W. Lake Street Suite 318 Roselle, IL 60172-3573 Tel: (630) 980-9030 Fax: (630) 980-9440 Stratford, Connecticut 250 E. Main Street Stratford, CT 06614-5145 Tel: (203) 385-0670 Fax: (203) 385-0756 Houston, Texas 3838 North Sam Houston Parkway East,Suite 120 Houston, TX 77032 Tel: (281) 590-1092 Fax: (281) 590-7100 Los Angeles, California 3931 MacArthur Blvd. Suite 202 Newport Beach, CA 92660 Tel: (714) 852-8948 Fax: (714) 852-8971 Mobile, Alabama 605 Bel Air Blvd., Suite 10 Mobile, AL 36606 Tel: (334)473-1692 Fax: (334) 473-1782 I [1 Fire Protection Sprinkler Service Gauge OfflAMUSHCROFT Ashcroft Fire Protection Sprinkler pressure gauges are Underwriters Laboratory Listed and Factory Mutual approved for fire protection sprinkler service. The 0/300 psi pressure range of this gauge is used on "wet" systems where water is available to the sprinkler heads. The 0/80 retard to 250 psi pressure ranges are used on dry systems where the lines are filled with air pressure until system activation. Among the features of these pressure gauges are: - The patented Spring Suspended Movement with polyester segment designed to provide unequalled shock and vibration resistance resulting in superior performance. - Ultrasonically cleaned and silicone lubricated gearing to assure smooth operation and extended gauge life. - Corrosion resistant ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene) case meets Underwriters Laboratory UL-393, and Factory Mutual require- ments. Product Specifications Ashcroft Model Number: 1005P, XUL Size: 31/2" Diameter Case: ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene Blend) Window: Polycarbonate Dial: Black figures on white background Pointer: Black, Aluminum Movement: Patented Spring Suspended with Polyester Segment Bourdon Tube: Bronze Socket: Brass, Soft Soldered Connection: Y4 NPT Lower Accuracy: ASME B40.1, Grade B (±3-2-3% Mounting: Stem Ranges: 0/300 psi (water) 0/80 retard to 250 psi (air) UL., U.L. of Canada Listed and FM approved. Equivalent (single or dual scale) metric ranges are available. Other U.L. standard ranges available on application. Specifications subject to change without notice. Subject to standard terms and conditions of sale. Instrument Division, Dresser Equipment Grasp, Inc. 1/01 CSG-3 tOM Li I I I I Ii I I I L Li I I I I I I (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-I3 National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, Stock No. 0090139 General Information The Model VSR-FEX is a vane type waterfiow switch for use on wet sprinkler systems located in hazardous locations as shown above. The unit may also be used as a sectional waterfiow detector on large systems. The unit contains two single pole, double throw, snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 gallons per minute (38 Lpm) or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. Enclosure The unit is enclosed in a cast aluminum housing. The cover is held in place with six M6 x 30M socket head cap screws with property class 8.8. Installation (See Fig.2) These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they should be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The units should not be installed within 6' (15cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterfiow or within 24' (61cm) of a valve or drain. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a circular saw in a slow speed drill. The 2" and 2 1/2" (50mm and 65mm) devices require a hole with a diameter of I 1/4" + 1/8" - 1/16" (33mm ±2mm). All other sizes require a hole with a diameter of 2' ± 1/8" (50mm ±2mm). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. VSR-FEX EXPLOSION PROOF VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD cUL, UL, CSFM and NYMEA Listed and FM Approved DEMKO O8ATEX 0728480X II2GExdIIBT6 112 D Ex tDA21 1P66 T85C Service Pressure: Up to 450 PSI (31 BAR) Minimum Flow Rate forAlarm: 10 GPM (38 Lpm) Maximum Surge: 18 FPS(10m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets ofSPDT (Form C) 15.O Amps at 125/250 VAC 2.0 Amps at 30 VDC Resistive Conduit Entrances: Two conduit entrances provided for conduit with V2" NPT threaded connections Environmental Specifications: For use in hazardous locations, Classified as: Class 1: Groups C, D, Div. I Class II: Groups E, F. G, Div. I Class III: Div. I Suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and cast aluminum housing NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure - use with appropriate conduit fitting Temperature: 40°F/120°F, 4,5°C/49°C Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle Sizes Available: Pipe schedules 10 thru 40, sizes 2" thru 8" (50mm thru 200mm) Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole, do not bend or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterfiow. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to an eventual 50 ft-lbs. (68 n-m) of torque. See Fig. 2. The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal Fig. I 00" DWC. 3-) o'sc I A CAUTION I An uninsulated section of single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. Potter Electric Signal Company. LLC •2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO, 63146-4161 Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833• www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. 95400805 - REV N PAGE I OF 3 8/08 U I TO INSTALL DRILL A HOLE AS INDICATED: PIPE SIZE: HOLE SIZE: to 2-1/2" 1-1/4" +1/8" -1/16" (50mm to 65mm) (33mm ±2mm) to 8" 2" ±1/8" (80mm to 200mm) (50mm ±2mm) DIRECTION WATERFLOW I I I MOUNT ON PIPE SO ARROW ON SADDLE POINTS IN DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW ROLL PADDLE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW APPROX. RETARD SETTINGS (IN SECS.) o o 1 Ale 10_sI 20_4tj Ic lo 50-7 IE 60-50 I DWG. #805-I I EXPLOSIONPOTTER PROOF VANE TYPE WATERFLOW 0. The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD I Fig. 2 DO NOT LEAVE COVER OFF FOR TIGHTEN NUTS RETARD ADJUSTMENT: EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME ALTERNATELY TO AN EVENTUAL SOFT-LOS TO CHANGE TIME TURN KNOB (EITHER DIRECTION) FOR DESIRED TIME DELAY USE THE MINIMUM AMOUNT OF RETARD NECESSARY TO PREVENT FALSE ALARMS, A "0" SETTING IS USUALLY ADEOUATE FOR THIS. FACTORY IS SET TO SO". (68 n-rn) OF TORQUE I CAUTION" When When this device is to be installed in an area that is classified as "Hazardous", the person responsible for safety in the area should be contacted to determine if the tools and operations required for the installation of the device and associated components are permitted in the area. To reduce the risk of ignition of hazardous atmospheres, disconnect supply circuits before opening enclosure. Keep cover tightly closed when in operation. Cover screws must be torqued to a minimum of 20 in. lbs. Fig. 3 Typical Electrical Connections 2 NETS OF NORMALLY OPEN CONTACTS ______________________________ WATERFLOW zosc EOLR FROM I Notes: CLOSE ON ALARM 0'S FIRE pvSrl, FIRE pvSrL -n The Model VSR-FEX has two switches, one can be used to operate ____________ a central station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. com Wr Note: For supervised circuits see "Switch Terminal Connections" drawing and caution note (Fig. I) THE N.C. AND 2.0. MARKINGS ON POSITIVE DC THIISWITCHARE FORANALARM OR HOTAC CONDITION. LL NEGATIVE DC OR THE CONTACTS ARE REVERSED NEUTRALAC WHEN THE DEVICE IS IN THE NORMAL CONDITION. MI. 761.2 PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400805 - REV N PAGE 2 OF 3 Sf08 I I I I I I I Minimum Joint Width II:II f4ji." l I/IIh v7 SECTION NOTE: WITH COVER SCREWS TIGHTEND TO 20.25 IN/LBS (2.26.2.825 Nm) THE BASE TO COVER. JOINT GAP MUST BE LESS THAN .0015 IN. (.038mm). Max Clearance SII.OFT0.2007 [5.M2 HOLE 0.2500 '41V 2 [sos 005 9.72] DETAIL F MAX CLEARANCE .0032 (N. (.00mm.) MFG. #5400805 - REV N 8/08 PAGE 3 OF 3 POTTER EXPLOSION VSR-FEX PROOF VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Testing The frequency of testing for the model VSR-FEX and its associated device on the system, application of the VSR-FEX is not recommended protective monitoring system should be in accordance with applicable or advisable. NFPA Standards and/or the authority havingjurisdiction (manufacturer A minimum flow of 10 gpm (38 Lprn) is required to activate this device. recommends quarterly or more frequently). Important Notice If provided, the inspector's test valve, that is usually located at the end Please advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system of the most remote branch line, should always be used for test purposes. that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection I I I I I Fig. 4 Joints and Clearances I I © I I 1 I I I I I DWG# 805-2 PRINTED IN USA I CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7770-0328:0001 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 7770 -- VALVES/SWITCHES LISTEE: Potter Electric Signal Co1609 Park 370 Place, Hazelwood, MO 63042 Contact: Bill Witherspoon (314) 595-6900 Fax (314) 595-6999 Email: BillWpottersignal.com DESIGN: Vane and pressure type water flow alarm switches listed below. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. I I I I I Vane Types: VSR-CF VSR-D VSR-FE-2 VS-SP VSR-SFT VSG VSR-C VSR-ST Pressure Type: VSR-F VSR-SF VS-F VSR-SFG VSR VSR-S VSR-SG 1 I I L 17 I I I WFS-B WFSR-C WFSPD-B PS10 PS-10A PS-100A WFSR-F PS100 INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number and UL or FM label. APPROVAL: Listed as waterfiow alarm switches for use with fire sprinkler systems. Vane models may be used in wet pipe systems; pressure models may be used in wet or dry systems. Model VSR-CF is for use on K, L or M copper pipe (2", 2-1/2", 3", 4") and listed CPVC pipe (2", 2-1/2", 3"). Model VSR-SF for use on 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and *2 steel, copper or listed plastic pipe. Model VSG is for low flow rate. Model VSR-SFG and VSR-SFT are for use on 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and *2 plastic pipe. Models VS-F, VSR-F, VSR-FE and VSR-FE-2 is for use on 2", 2-1/2", 3", 3-1/2', 4", 5', 6", 8" and 10" pipe. *Model VSR is for use on steel pipe sizes from 2" through 8". Vane type switches may be used outdoors when the outdoor temperature never falls below 40oF. I I I I I Rev*5172007 jw This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2017 Listing Expires June 30, 2018 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division (E)POTTER BELLS The Symbol of Protection PBA-AC & MBA-DC UL, ULC, and FM Approved Sizes Available: 6' (150mm), 8' (200mm) and 10" (250mm) Voltages Available: 24VAC 120VAC I2VDC (10.2 to 15.6) Polarized 24VDC (20.4 to 31.2) Polarized Service Use: Fire Alarm General Signaling Burglar Alarm Environment: Indoor or outdoor use (See Note 1) -400 to 150°F (400 to 66°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.) Termination: AC Bells -4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires DC Bells - Terminal strip Finish: Red powder coating Optional: Model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox Model BBX- I deep weatherproof backbox I (5,c <3> AM These vibrating type bells are designed for use as fire, burglar or general signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel ratings. The unit mounts on a standard 4(101mm) square electrical box for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox or BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof backbox model BBK-1, Stock No. 1500001. Notes: I. Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL Standard 464. UL temperature range is -300 to 150°F (-340 to 660C). Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. ULC only applies to MBA DC bells. Size inches (mm) Voltage Model Number Stock Number Current (Max.) Typical dB at 10 ft. (3m) (2) Minimum dB at 10 ft. (3m) (1) 6(150) 12VDC MBA-6-12 1750070 .1 2A 85 76 8(200) 12VDC MBA-8-12 1750080 .12A 90 77 10(250) 12VDC MBA-10-12 1750060 .12A 92 78 6(150) 24VDC MBA-6-24 1750100 .06A 87 77 8(200) 24VDC MBA-8-24 1750110 .06A 91 79 10 (250) 24VDC MBA-10-24 1750090 .06A 94 80 6(150) 24VAC PBA246 1806024* .17A 91 78 8(200) 24VAC PBA248 1808024* .17A 94 77 10(250) 24VAC PBA2410 1810024* .17A 94 78 6(150) 120VAC PBA1206 1806120* .05A 92 83 8(200) I20VAC PBAI208 1808120* .05A 99 84 10(250) 120VAC PBA12010 1810120* .05A 99 86 All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. * Does not have ULC listing. In outdoor or wet installations, bell must be mounted with weatherproof backbox, BBK-1 or BBX-1. Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure. If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture, it may fail or create an electrical hazard. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO. • Phone: 866-572-3005/Canada 888-882-1833 www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. 95400776 - REV Y- I PAGE t OF 2 01/13 I I @POTTER The Symbol of Protect/on Bells Dimensions Inches (mm) Fig. I 10" (250) I (150) H 2 11/16' (68) BELLS PBA-AC & MBA-DC Wiring (rear view) Fig. 3 A.C. BELLS WHITE(IN) WHITE(OUT) FROM CONTROL PANEL OR PRECEDING BELL BLACK (OUT) BLACK (('4) I U I I I I I CAUTION: WHEN ELECTRICAL SUPERVISION IS REQUIRED USE IN AND OUT LEADS AS SHOWN. DWGS 776.1 NOTES: I. WHEN USING AC BELLS. TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPARATELY AFTER LAST BELL. 2. END-OF-LINE RESISTOR (SNOT REQUIRED ONAC BELLS. I 06.66176.3 I I L Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches (mm) Fig. 2 Box has one threaded 1/2" conduit entrance ((46) I II 5r f38..5.. _ (S6(27( 33/8" —I5 4 1/4' (lOS) D66'GS 776.2 I Installation The bell shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 72, or local AHJ. The top of the device shall be no less than 90" AFF and not less than 6" below the ceiling. Remove the gong. Connect wiring (see Fig. 3). Mount bell mechanism to backbox (bell mechanism must be mounted with the striker pointing down). Reinstall the gong (be sure that the gong positioning pin, in the mechanism housing, is in the hole in the gong). Test all bells for proper operation and observe that they can be heard where required (bells must be heard in all areas as designated by the authority having jurisdiction). WgBN I N3 Failure to install striker down will prevent bell from operating. I I I I I I PRINTED IN USA MFG. 95400776 - REV Y-I PAGE 2OF2 01/13 I CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7135-0328:0119 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 7135--AUDIBLE DEVICES LISTEE: Potter Electric Signal Co1609 Park 370 Place, Hazelwood, MO 63042 Contact: Bill Witherspoon (314) 595-6900 Fax (314) 595-6999 Email: BillWpottersignal.com DESIGN: Models*SB624153075, *5B624.75110 PBA246, PBA248, PBA2410, PBA12O6, PBA1208 and PBA12010 vibrating bells. Suitable for outdoor use when used with Model BBK-1 backbox. Models are AC or DC powered and available in 6", 8" and 10". Models MBA-6, -8 and -10 bells, suitable for outdoor use when used with Model BBX-1 backbox. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: PBA-246, -248, -2410: 24 VAC PBA-1206, -1208, -12010: 120 VAC MBA-6, -8, -10: 12 or 24 VDC INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instruction, applicable codes & ordinances, and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as audible devices for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. If this appliance is required to produce a distinctive three-pulse Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, 2002 Edition, the appliance must be used with a fire alarm control unit that can generate the temporal pattern signal. Refer to manufacturer's Installation Manual for details. NOTE: I I I Lii I I I 1 *Rev 5-17-2007 jw This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2017 Listing Expires June 30, 2018 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division I I I I I I I I I I I I GII,t;BE FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION SPRINKLER CABINETS FOR REPLACEMENT AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS SIX SPRINKLER CABINET FOR 1/2" OR 3/4" SPRINKLERS P/N 312390 TWELVE SPRINKLER CABINET FOR 1/2" OR 3/4" SPRINKLERS P/N 312392 When storing concealed sprinklers, Twelve Sprinkler Cabinet holds six units and Six Sprinkler Cabinet holds three units. AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658 1 4077 TJ 989-846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231 1-800-248-0278 www.gIobesprinkler.com - JAN 2017 GFS- 825 (Formerly B-5) GL uMEMBBE YALV 4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, Ml 48658 • 989w-846-4583 • www.globesprinkler.com FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION Technical Support. 989-414-2600• techservice©globesprinkler.com SPRINKLER GUARDS AND SHIELDS GUARD MODELS JG & JGS SHIELD MODEL GL SERIES I I I I I GENERAL DESCRIPTION Globe Model JG sprinkler guards are accessories designed to protect specific GL Series sprinklers where the poten- tial of mechanical damage might be expected. In addition, GL Series water shields are used to protect the sprinkler's thermosensitive element from the water spray discharge of higher elevation sprinklers. The use of the Model JGS guard and shield assembly with an appropriate upright sprinkler provides an approved "Intermediate Level" upright sprinkler assembly suitable for rack storage applications (See Table A for specific approvals). Likewise, the use of the GL Series water shield with an appropriate pendent sprinkler, provides a listed/approved "Intermediate Level" pendent sprinkler as- sembly suitable for rack storage applications (See Table A for specific listings/approvals). If a head guard is also de- sired for this pendent "Intermediate Level" sprinkler assem- bly, the JG head guard, in accordance with Table A, may be utilized in addition to the shield. The guards are available in red or chrome plated. Model JG - (cULus) Part No. 312253-1 (Red) Part No. 312253-C (Chrome) I Model JG - (FM) Part No. 312253-1-B (Red) Part No. 312253-C-B (Chrome) I I I I I I I TECHNICAL DATA Approvals See Table Aon page 2 Material Headguard - steel Water shield - steel - 3%' Diameter Finish. Headguard - red or chrome Water shield - zinc plated Model JGS Part No. 321406 (Red enamel painted) Part No. 321407 (Chrome plated) NOTE: Users should refer to Globe's web site (www.globesprinkler.com) to assure that the most recent technical literature is being utilized. GL Series Shield Part No. 325706 1/2" NPT Part No. 325707 3/4" NP APR 2017 GFS-450 (Formerly B-I) PAGE 1 OF 3 I I I I I 12 .7] 0 2] .2 7] TABLE A. SPRINKER GUARD, SHIELD, LISTINGS & APPROVALS SIN NO. T.D.S. RESPONSE ORIENTATION K-FACTOR NPT MODELJG 312253.1-B 312253-C-B MODELJG 312253-1 312253-C SHIELD MODEL JGS GL5601 GFS-100a QUICK PENDENT 5.6 1/2" FM cULus cULus, FM N/A GL5601 GFS-400 QUICK PENDENT 5.6 1/2" FM cULus cULus, FM N/A GL5615 GFS-100a QUICK UPRIGHT 5.6 1/2" FM cULus N/A cULus, FM GL5617 GFS-400 QUICK. UPRIGHT 5.6 1/2" N/A N/A Assembled cULus, FM N/A GL5651 GFS-430 STANDARD PENDENT 5.6 1/2" FM cULus cULus, FM N/A GL5661 GFS-100b STANDARD UPRIGHT 5.6 1/2" FM cULus N/A cULus, FM GL5663 GFS-430 STANDARD UPRIGHT 5.6 1/2" N/A N/A Assembled cULus, FM N/A GL8101 GFS-400 QUICK PENDENT 8.0 1/2" N/A cULus cULus N/A GL8106 GFS-400 QUICK PENDENT 8.0 3/4" FM cULus cULus, FM N/A GL8115 GFS-100a QUICK UPRIGHT 8.0 1/2" N/A cULus N/A cULus GL8117 GFS-400 QUICK UPRIGHT 8.0 1/2" N/A N/A Assembled cULus N/A GL8118 GFS-100a QUICK UPRIGHT 8.0 3/4" FM cULus N/A cULus, FM GL8120 GFS-400 QUICK UPRIGHT 8.0 3/4" N/A N/A Assembled cULus, FM N/A GL8151 GFS-430 STANDARD. PENDENT 8.0 1/2" N/A cULus cULus N/A GL8156 GFS-430 STANDARD PENDENT 8.0 3/4" FM cULus cULus, FM N/A GL8161 GFS-100b STANDARD UPRIGHT 8.0 1/2" N/A cULus N/A cULus GL8163 GFS-430 STANDARD UPRIGHT 8.0 1/2" N/A N/A Assembled cULus N/A GL8164 GFS-100b STANDARD UPRIGHT 8.0 3/4" FM cULus N/A cULus, FM GL8166 GFS-430 STANDARD UPRIGHT 8.0 3/4" N/A N/A Assembled cULus, FM N/A GL1114 GFS-400 QUICK PENDENT 11.2 3/4" N/A cULus cULus N/A GL1123 GFS-410 QUICK UPRIGHT 11.2 3/4" N/A cULus N/A cULus GL1124 GFS-400 QUICK UPRIGHT 11.2 3/4" N/A N/A Assembled cULus N/A GL1160 GFS-430 STANDARD PENDENT 11.2 3/4" N/A cULus cULus N/A GL1167 GFS-440 STANDARD UPRIGHT 11.2 3/4" N/A cULus cULus cULus GL1168 GFS-430 STANDARD UPRIGHT 11.2 3/4" N/A N/A Assembled cULus, FM N/A GL SERIES SHIELD FIGURE 4 APR 2017 GFS-450 (Formerly B-I) [69.0] MODEL JGS FIGURE 3 PAGE 2 OF 3 [69.0] MODEL JG (cULus) FIGURE 1 MODEL JG (FM) FIGURE 2 3.78" DIA. FNG /1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Installation of Guard Model JG Step 1. Unclip the hooks from the Cage of the sprinkler guard assembly. Step 2. Spread the cage open slightly at the base to provide sufficient space to install the sprinkler guard over the sprinkler frame. (NOTE - spreading the cage too much may damage the sprinkler guard) Step 3. With the guard positioned over the sprinkler frame, close the cage such that the notches at the base of the cage fit around the thread relief of the sprinkler. (space between the top of the threads and the wrench flats) Step 4. While holding the cage closed, slide one of the hooks down the cage frame to the notch to where it clicks into place. Step 5. While squeezing the open side of the cage, slide the second hook down to the notch in the same manner as the opposing side Step 6. Inspect the sprinkler and sprinkler guard for any damage. Replace either if any damage is observed. NOTE: The guard cage maybe oriented in any position relative to sprinkler frame arms. Installation of Series GL Shield The GL Series Shield must be installed onto sprinkler prior to sprinkler installation into fitting. The GL Series Shield may be used on sprinklers alone or in combination with a JG Sprinkler Guard. Step 1. Install the Shield over the sprinkler threads down to the end of the sprinkler threads. (Do not thread shield past threads and onto sprinkler relief area). Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied, hand tighten the sprin- kler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using the appropriate sprinkler wrench. Step 4. After the sprinkler is installed, spin the shield back up the threads towards the sprinkler fitting until the shield comes in contact with the fitting. ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIFY: Model Finish PN JG Red painted ..........312253-1-B JG Chrome plated ........312253 -C-B JG Red painted . . . . . . . . . . 312253-1 JG Chrome plated . . . . . . . . 312253-C Installation of Shield Series GL with Guard Model JG The GL Series Shield must be installed onto sprinkler prior to sprinkler installation into fitting. Step I. Install the Shield over the sprinkler threads down to the end of the sprinkler threads. (Do not thread shield past threads and onto sprinkler relief area). Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied, hand tighten the sprin- kler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using the appropriate sprinkler wrench. Step 4. After the sprinkler is installed, spin the shield back up the threads towards the sprinkler fitting until the shield comes in contact with the fitting. Step 5. Unclip the hooks from the Cage of the appropriate sprin- kler guard assembly. Step 6. Spread the cage open slightly at the base to provide sufficient space to install the sprinkler guard over the sprinkler frame. (NOTE - spreading the cage too much may damage the sprinkler guard) Step 7. With the guard positioned over the sprinkler frame, close the cage such that the notches at the base of the cage fit around the thread relief of the sprinkler (space between the top of the threads and the wrench flats). Step 8. While holding the cage closed, slide one of the hooks down the cage frame to the notch to where it clicks into place. Step 9. While squeezing the open side of the cage, slide the second hook down to the notch in the same manner as the opposing side. Step 10. Inspect the sprinkler and sprinkler guard for any dam- age. Replace either if any damage is observed. NOTE: The guard cage maybe oriented in any position relative to sprinkler frame arms. GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufac- tured products found to be defective in material or work- manship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). JGS Red painted .........321406 JGS Chrome plated . . . . . . . . 321407 GL Shield /2" NPT .........325706 GL Shield %" NPT .........325707 NOTE: See Table A for appropriate Listings/Approval combinations. 4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, Ml 48658 • 989-846-4583 • www.globesprinkler.com Technical Support. 989-414-2600• techservice@globesprinkler.com APR 2017 GFS-450 (Formerly B-I) PAGE 3 OF 3 I I I I I SPRINKLER I HEADS I I I I I I I I I I I I QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT CONVENTIONAL QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT VERTICAL SIDEWALL QUICK RESPONSE A UTOMA TIC SPRINKLERS GL SERIES UPRIGHT PENDENT VERTICAL SIDEWALL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL CONVENTIONAL (OLD STYLE) AMISS Vill VA, FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION I I DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION The Globe Quick Response GL Series Sprinklers are a low profile yet durable design which utilizes a 3mm frangible glass ampule as the thermosensitive element. This provides sprinkler operation approximately six times faster than ordinary sprinklers. While the Quick Response Sprinkler provides an aesthetically pleasing appearance, it can be installed wherever standard spray sprinklers are specified when allowed by the applicable stan- dards. It offers the additional feature of greatly increased safe- ty to life and is available in various styles, orifices, temperature ratings and finishes to meet many varying design requirements. Quick Response Sprinklers should be used advisedly and under the direction of approving authorities having jurisdiction. The heart of Globe's GL Series sprinkler proven actuat- ing assembly is a hermetically sealed frangible glass ampule that contains a precisely measured amount of fluid. When heat is ab- sorbed, the liquid within the bulb expands increasing the internal pressure. At the prescribed temperature the internal pressure within the ampule exceeds the strength of the glass causing the glass to shatter. This results in water discharge which is distrib- uted in an approved pattern depending upon the deflector style used. TECHNICAL DATA See reverse side for Approvals and Specifications. Temperature Ratings - 135°F (57°C), 155°F (68°C), - 175°F (79°C), 200°F (93°C), 286°F (141°C) Water Working Pressure Rating -175 psi (12 Bars) Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34 Bars) Maximum low temperature glass bulb rating is -67°F (-55°C) Frame - bronze • Deflector - brass • Screw - brass Lodgement Wire - stainless steel • Bulb seat - copper Spring - nickel alloy • Seal - teflon Bulb - glass with alcohol based solution, 3mm size I 1 I I I F i LI I I I I QUICK RESPONSE HORIZONTAL LPC/CE SIDEWALL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL *SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATING/CLASSIFICATION and COLOR CODING I CLASSIFICATION AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURES I BULB COLOR I N.F.P.A. MAXIMUM I CEILING TEMPERATURE I ORDINARY 135°F/1 55°F 57°C/68°C I ORANGE/RED 100°F 38°C INTERMEDIATE 1 75°F/200°F 79°c193°c I YELLOW/GREEN 150°F 66°C I I HIGH 286°F 141°C BLUE 225°F 107°C APR 2017 GFS-100a (Formerly A-20) QUICK RESPONSE A UTOMA TIC SPRINKLERS GL SERIES UPRIGHT PENDENT VERTICAL SIDEWALL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL CONVENTIONAL (OLD STYLE) SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL "K" FACTOR THREAD SIZE LENGTH' FINISHES 2.8 (40 metric) 1/2"NPT (15mm) 2 1/4" (5.7cm) 4.2 (60 metric) 1/2"NPT (15mm) 2 1/4" (5.7cm) Factory Bronze 5.6 (80 metric) 1/2"NPT (15mm) 2 1/4" (5.7cm) Chrome White Polyester3 8.0 (115 metric) 1/2"NPT (15mm) 2 1/4" (5.7cm) Black Polyester23 8.0 (115 metric) I 3/4"NPT (20mm) 2 7/16" (6.2cm) NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 'HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL IS 2 9/16". 'FINISHES AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER. 'AVAILABLE AS cULus LISTED COROSION RESISTANT WHEN SPECIFIED ON ORDER. APPROVALS TEMPERATURE STYLE SIN MODEL K FACTOR HAZARD cULus FM LPC CE NYC-DOB MEA 101-92.E 135°F 155°F 175°F 200°F 286°F (57°C) (68°C) (79°C) (93°C) (141°C) GL2815 2.8 LH X X X X X X -- -- -- X GL4215 4.2 LH X X X X X X --- -- -- X [UIRIGHTJ (Lf5615J ED(EHJOH) x 0 x ® x X X X X X 8.0° LH/OH X X X X X X X GL8115 GL8118 8.0 LH/OH X X X X X X X X X X GL2801 2.8 LH X X X X X X --- -- --- X GL4201 4.2 LH X X X X X X --- -- -- X ENDEFjTJ L560i)0 CEOX 0 0 0 X X X X X X 8.0* LH/OH X X X X X X GL81O1 GL8106 8.0- . LH/OH X X X X X X X X X X VERTICAL GL5632 5.6 LH X X X X X X X -- SIDEWALLt GL8133 8.0 LH X X X X X X -- GL2826 2.8 LH X X X X X X --- -- -- X GL4226 (GLT5626) 4.2 LH iLQH X X X X X X ® X X X x x -- - --X -- -- X x ID 5.6 LH/OH X X X X X --- --- X X GL5627a GL8127 8.0 LH/OH X X X X X X --- CONVENTIONAL GL5624 5.6 LH/OH X X X X X -- --- X X -- (OLD STYLE) GL8125 8.0 LH/OH X X X X X -- -- X X 'SPRINKLERS SHALL BE LIMITED AS PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA13 AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS. §HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL cULus LISTED FOR DEFLECTOR 4" TO 12" BELOW THE CEILING, FM APPROVED 4 TO 6" BELOW THE CEILING. nINSTALL IN ACCORDANCE TO B55306 AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS. fPENDENT VERTICAL SIDEWALL cULus LISTED FOR 6' MIN. SPACING. fUPRIGHT VERTICAL SIDEWALL cULus LISTED FOR 9' MIN. SPACING. OH: ORDINARY HAZARD LH: LIGHT HAZARD *1/2"NPT ORDERING INFORMATION GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY SPECIFY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufactured Quantity • Model Number • Style Orifice products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a Thread Size Temperature Finishes desired period of one year from date of shipment. Quantity - Wrenches - P/N 325390 (1/2"); For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List P/N 312366 (L.a.) Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). G NAVII L BE FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION APR 2017 4077 AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658 989-846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkIer.com PRINTED U.S.A. GFS-100a (Formerly A-20) 3 5/16" diameter plate 23/4" diameter plate QUICK RESPONSE WHITE FLAT PLATE CONCEALED PENDENT I "THE INCH" U 199=0 ib QUICK RESPONSE AMEM A U TOMA TIC SPRINKLER I MODEL GL5606 FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION ONE INCH ADJUSTABLE I FLAT PLATE CONCEALED PENDENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION The Globe Quick Response GL5606 Adjustable Concealed Pendent Sprinkler has a low profile, aesthetically pleasing design. It provides sprinkler operations approximately six times faster than ordinary sprinklers and can be installed wherever standard concealed spray sprinklers are specified when allowed by the applicable standards. This sprinkler offers the additional feature of greatly in- creased safety to life and should be used advisedly and under the direction of approving authorities having jurisdiction. The sprinkler is available with a nominal 1" of adjustment and a low profile cover plate assembly. All that is seen at the ceiling is a 3 5/16" diameter ceiling plate or an optional 2 3/4" diameter ceiling plate color finished to match the specifier's exact requirements. The GL Series Concealed Sprinkler may be virtually invisible as it does not interrupt the "smooth flow" of the ceiling. Globe's GL5606 Concealed Sprinkler utilizes a 3mm frangible glass ampule which is located above the ceiling and concealed from view by the ceiling plate. The provided protective cap needs to be removed in order to install the sprinkler with the proper wrench. The protective cap must be replaced on the sprinkler until the time the cover plate is to be installed. The "push on - screw off' designed cover plate is easily installed and with a nominal 1" of adjustment makes it easier to get a proper fit at the ceiling. Operation of the sprinkler occurs when heat build up causes the solder holding the cover plate to the support shell to melt allowing the cover plate to fall clear. Continued heat build up causes the 3mm glass bulb to burst allowing the deflector to drop down and distribute water in an approved pattern to extinguish or control the fire. TECHNICAL DATA 'See reverse side for Approvals and Specifications. 'Temperature Ratings - 135°F (57°C) Sprinkler, 135°F (57°C) Cover Plate 155°F (68°C) Sprinkler, 135°F (57°C) Cover Plate 155°F (68°C) Sprinkler, 155°F (68°C) Cover Plate 175°F (79°C) Sprinkler, 155°F (68°C) Cover Plate 200°F (93°C) Sprinkler, 155°F (68°C) Cover Plate 'Water Working Pressure Rating -175 psi (12 Bars) -Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34 Bars) 'Maximum low temperature glass bulb rating is -67°F (-55°C) -Frame - bronze Deflector - brass Screw - brass 'Lodgement Wire - stainless steel Bulb seat - copper 'Spring - nickel alloy Seal - teflon• Drop Pin - stainless steel 'Bulb - glass with alcohol based solution, 3mm size 'Cover Plate - brass 'Upper Escutcheon Assembly - steel NOTE: Globe's wrench PIN 332765 must be used to install this sprinkler. -SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATING/CLASSIFICATION and COLOR CODING AVAILABLE SPRINKLER N.F.P.A. MAXIMUM CEILING CLASSIFICATION TEMPERATURES BULB COLOR TEMPERATURE ORDINARY 135°F/1 55°F 57°c/68°c ORANGE/RED 100°F 38°C INTERMEDIATE 175°F/200°F 79°C/93°C YELLOW/GREEN 150°F 66°c NOV 2016 GFS-150a (Formerly A-38) I I I H I I I H I I I H H I "THE INCH" QUICK RESPONSE A UTOMA TIC SPRINKLER MODEL GL5606 ONE INCH ADJUSTABLE FLAT PLATE CONCEALED PENDENT SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL I FLAT COVER THREAD SIZE LENGTH I "K" FACTOR I PLATE FINISHES I I Chrome 5.6 1/2"NPT 21/2" (80 metric) (15mm) (6.4cm) I White Painted Other Finishes12 NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 'FINISHES AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER. 2FOR PLATES OTHER THAN WHITE, CONTACT GLOBE FOR ORDERING SPECIFICATIONS. APPROVALS STYLE SIN MODEL HAZARD' 135°F (57°C) Flat Cover Plate 155°F (68°C) Flat Cover Plate cULus *FM NYC-DOB MEA 101-92-E °935°F (57°C) Sprinkler I 155°F (68°C) Sprinkler **1550F (68°C) Sprinkler I 175°F (79°C) I Sprinkler I 200°F (93°C) I Sprinkler TAdjütableJ ! _____ _____ ILH/OFO X tP.aent x I x x x x (G11S606] 'SPRINKLERS SHALL BE LIMITED AS PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA1 3 AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS. *FM APPROVED AS STANDARD RESPONSE **NO FM APPROVALS OH: ORDINARY HAZARD CROSS SECTIONS LH: LIGHT HAZARD 1/4" DIA. MEN. HOLE IN CE1UNG F.OUE..I~'LI'NG1 '7/8" 24" DES N. OLA.-1 I 1718' DEA.-1 I 1'x 1/2' REDUCER SHELL 23/4'MAX. 17/8- MEN. DEFLECTOR SUPPORT DROP PEN I SHELL 2 3/4 DES. '118,J''" \ 38/16' DIA. FLAT COVER PLATE FLAT COVER PLATE 1" ADJUSTMENT FLAT PLATE CONCEALED PENDENT FLAT COVER PLATE SIZES WHITE 135°F (57°C) PART# WHITE 155°F (68°C) PART# CHROME 135°F (57°C) PART# CHROME 155°F (68°C) PART# 2 3/4" DIA. 332726 332731 332724 332729 3 5/16" DIA. 332706 332711 332704 332709 ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIFY -Quantity . Model Number . Style 'Orifice *Thread Size .Temperature. Finishes desired -Quantity - Wrenches - P/N 332765 'Quantity - Protective Caps - P/N 332695 GL6 FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION NOV 2016 GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufactured products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). 4077 AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658 989-846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkIer.com PRINTED U.S.A. GFS-150a (Formerly A-38) 2 3/4' MAX. 17/8- MEN. DROP PEN SURFACE SLEEVE & SKIRT MOUNT EXTENDED RECESSED I (A MR9 BE FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION QUICK RESPONSE A UTOMA TIC SPRINKLERS GL SERIES DRY TYPE PENDENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION The Globe Quick Response GL Series Dry Type Pendent Sprinkler is designed for use in special applications such as freezing environments and conditions where sediment or foreign materials might accumulate in ordinary drop nipples. The Globe Quick Response GL Series Dry Type Pendent Sprinkler utilizes a 3mm frangible glass ampule as the thermosensitive element. This provides sprinkler operation approximately six times faster than ordinary sprinklers. At the ampule's rated temperature, the sprinkler opens releasing the bulb seat, causing the inner tube assembly to move, allowing the spring assembly to pivot alongside the inner tube. At this time, water flows through the sprinkler and is distributed by the deflector in an approved discharge pattern. It can be installed wherever standard spray sprinklers are specified but offers the additional feature of greatly increased safety to life. Quick Response Sprinklers should be used advisedly and under the direction of approving authorities having jurisdiction. The heart of Globe's Model GL Series sprinkler proven actuating assembly is a hermetically sealed frangible glass ampule that contains a precisely measured amount of fluid. When heat is absorbed, the liquid within the bulb expands increasing the internal pressure. At the prescribed temperature the internal pressure within the ampule exceeds the strength of the glass causing the glass to shatter. This results in water discharge which is distributed in an approved pattern. I TECHNICAL DATA See reverse side for Approvals and Specifications. Temperature Ratings - 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) I 200°F (93°C), 286°F (141°C) Water Working Pressure Rating -175 psi (12 Bars) I . Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34 Bars) Maximum low temperature glass bulb rating is -67° F (-55°C) Frame - bronze • Deflector - brass Screw - brass Bulb Seat - brass • Spring - nickel alloy Seal - teflon Retainer - brass • Pin - stainless steel Torsion Spring - stainless steel Orifice Insert - brass Bulb - glass with alcohol based solution, 3mm size 3/4"NPT or 1"NPT Outer Tube - galvanized steel pipe • Inner Tube - stainless steel -SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATING/CLASSIFICATION and COLOR CODING I CLASSIFICATION AVAILABLE SPRINKLER BULB COLOR N.F.P.A. MAXIMUM CEILING TEMPERATURES I TEMPERATURE ORDINARY 135°F/155°F 57°c/68°C ORANGE/RED 100°F 38°C 1 I INTERMEDIATE I 175°F/200°F 79°C/93°C YELLOW/GREEN 150°F 66°C I HIGH 286°F 141°C BLUE - 225°F 107°C APR 2017 GFS-505a (Formerly A-55) I I I I I I I I I I I QUICK RESPONSE A U TO MA TIC SPRINKLERS GL SERIES DRY TYPE PENDENT SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL "K" FACTOR THREAD SIZE LENGTH FINISHES 5.6(80 metric) 3/4" or 1"NPT Factory Bronze cULus Variable to 48" FM Variable to 36" Chrome White Polyester' 8.0 (115 metric) 1"NPT Black Polyester5'2 NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 'FINISHES AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER. 2cULus LISTED CORROSION RESISTANT WHEN SPECIFIED ON ORDER. APPROVALS SIN K THREAD 135°F 155°F 175°F 200°F 286°F NYC-DOB STYLE HAZARD' * FM cULus MEA MODEL FACTOR SIZE (57°C) (68°C) (79°C) (93°C) (141°C) 101-92-E tFENDENTJ (GL15635) 'ij [L'H/OH) X X X 0 x x x x RECESSED GL5636 5.6 314"NPT LH/OH X X X X X -- X X PENDENT GL8135 8.0 1"NPT Li-I/OF-I X X X X X --- X X 1SPRINKLERS SHALL BE LIMITED AS PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA13 AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS. °PENDENT STYLE - FM APPROVED 155°F (68°C), 200°F (93°C), AND 286°F (141°C) :PENDENT PENDENT STYLE - FM APPROVED 155°F(68°C)AND 200°F (93°C) LH: LIGHT HAZARD; OH: ORDINARY HAZARD CROSS SECTIONS IMPORTANT INSTALLATION DATA /oos16163c1.osslssoo Globe GL Series Dry Pendent Sprinklers should be installed in I f M1$I616.4C1,ASSI2S I k°' I I accordance with the requirements set forth in NFPA 13. These 1160CC; FACE 011 . sprinklers are to be installed using a pipe wrench applied to rrru.c HOLE lncEn1OG1 I I the outer tube. When this is not possible, the proper sprinkler 1. 31C MIN-NPT head wrench may be used with extreme care for lengths up to il/V CEO. 1/CAPT I I/4• 64141. INPT I approximately 18". Excessive force may distort the frame thus ______ IUNG I destroying the unit. When installed in a wet system extending into a freezing E5WT0OON area see chart on Dry Caution Sheet for minimum exposed FsC,JTOI/OOJ barrel length to prevent ice plugs. Please refer to our Dry Caution Sheet for further important installation data. EXTENDED SURFACE MOUNT ORDERING INFORMATION i I / 046.50.404164500 I /0106 646.6 0.15$ 64406 I PAlO 646.4 0.45$ 124 SPECIFY I , 0110 016.4 0155 14 I ---1 TCEFITTUIG Quantity. Model Number Style ° Orifice Temperature• Finishes j FACEOF OF 14 ......r ,-,._) TEE FIflIOG Quantity - Wrenches - P/N 333010 I I 060 III 0/500 Quantity Recessed Wrenches - P/N 337014 Escutcheons Desired 11/I/C5F11 1 'MIN. Quantity - Protective Caps - P/N 327109-cap (Friction Fit Recessed) I In 1- 06,01410/U 0 "A" Dimension - Distance from face of fitting to the finished ceiling line regardless of escutcheon used. _T741 FACE OF DIO OUUNG MIN GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY IUJ FAF WU4IC Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufactured lff N11 products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a RECESSED SLEEVE & SKIRT period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). 111 GaLbA 4077 AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658 989-846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231 FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION 1-800-248-0278 www.gIobesprinkler.com I APR 2017 PRINTED U.S.A. GFS-505a (Formerly A-55) I I I I I I I I I I I I HANGER & I BRACES I COMPONENTS I I I I I I I I I I I I Threaded Accessories I B3205 - Threaded Rod (right-hand threads - both ends) (TOLCO Fig. 103) B32051 - Threaded Rod (right & left hand threads) Size Range: I8'-16 thru 3-4 rod Material: Steel S pecity Length Function: Recommended for use as a hanger support in hanger assemblies. I Rod is threaded on both ends with right hand threads of the length shown. Also available with left and right hand threads - specify Fig. B3205L when ordering. TL Maximum Temperature: 750°F (399°C) I Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and Thread Size I materials. Order By Figure number, rod size length and finish pjIpll1 1 Standard Design Load Thread Size Thread Length TI 650°F (343°C) 150°F (399°C) Part No. A in. (mm) Lbs. )kN) Lbs. (kN) I LB3205 /8 x 1 /8-16 21/2 (63.5) 130 (3.25) 572 (2.54) I B3205-1/2 X V 1/2"- 13 21/2 (63.5) 1350 (6.00) 1057 (4.70) [ B3205-5/8x W 5/B"-11 21/2" (63.5) 2160 (9.61) 1692 (7.52) ] I B3205-3/4 x 1 /4-10 3 (76.2) 3230 (14.37) 2530 111.251 [ B3205-/8x V 7/8--_9 31/2" (88.9) 4480 (19.93) 3508 (15.60) ] I For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog. AIR - All Threaded Rod - 120" (3.05m) Lengths (TOLCO Fig. 100) Fig. 99 - All Threaded Rod Cut To Length Size Range: /8'-16 thru 11/2'.6 rod in 120" lengths or cut to length Material: Steel Maximum Temperature: 750°F (399°C) Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish I Part No. - Size x Length AIR I Fig. 99 Threads Per Inch Recommended Load Lbs. )kN) Approx. Wt./100 Ft. Lbs. (kg) LAIR 1/4" x 120 99.1/4" x length 20 240 (1.07) 12 (5.44) _J ATR 3/8" x 120 (AtRh/"x 120 99_3/g" x length 16 730 13.241 29 (13.15) 13 11 1350 2160 (6.00) (9.60) 53 89 (24.04) J (40.37) AIR 5/8" x 120 EATR 3M"x 120 99-/8" x length 10 3230(14.31) 123 (55.79)1 AIR 1/8" x 120 99.1/8" x length 9 4480 (19.93) 110 (77.11) For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog. I I I I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Revised 4/28/2014 94 Fire Protection Solutions Part No. Pipe Size in. (mm) Rod Size in. A (mm) in. B (mm) Approx. Wt./100 lbs. (kg) L2oo/2. 200-/ 1/2 (15) 3/4" (20) /a'16 3/811-16 31/8'_(79.4) _______ 31/8 ' 179.41 21/2' 163.51 2/8'...(6!.7) __________11(5.0)_.......j 11 (5.0) 1 200-1 1" (25) /8"-i6 3/8" (85.7) 2/8" (66.7) 12 (5.5)J 200.11/4 11/4" (32) /8"-16 33/4" (94.0) 2/8" (73.0) 13 15.91 [100-11/2 11I2"(40) 200-2 2" (50) /8"-16 3/8" /8"-16 41/2 ' (98.4) (114.3) 2/8" 3' (730) (76.3) 15 14(6.4).........] 16.91 200-3 ji2 1I2 21/2"(65) 3" (75) 3/o"-16 5/8' 3/811-16 5/8" (142.9) (149.1) 41/8" 4' (104.7) (101.6) 29 27 112.31_J (13.3) _______ 3'/f(90)3/a"-16 1 /8"(187.3)51/4" (133.3)34 )15.6)__] 200-4 4" (100) /a"-16 7/8' (187.3) 5" (127.0) 35 (16.0) 1I0-5 5"(125) 1/2".13 91/8' (231.8) 61/1' (158.7) 66 (30.2(._J 200-6 [200-8 6" 8" 11501 (200) 1/2'_13 1/2 .13 101/8' (257.2) - 131/8" (333.4) 6/4' 8/4" (171.4) (222.2) 73 136 (33.4) (62.3) 1 I I I I Fig. 200S All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified Fire Protection Solutions 21 -Linë B I Pipe Hangers Fig. 200 - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger (B-Line Fig. B311ONF) Fig. 200F - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining (B-Line Fig. B3170NFF) Fig. 200C - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated (B-Line Fig. B3170NFC) Fig. 200S - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Non-Captured Nut Size Range: Fig. 200 - 1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm) pipe Material: Steel, Pie-Galvanized to G90 specifications Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features: (1/2" 115mml thru 2" (50mm)) Flared edges ease installation for all pipe types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured design keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed around pipe. For hanger with non-captured nut order Fig. 200S. 121/2" (65mm) thru 8" (200mm)) Spring tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2" )15mm) thru 8" (200mm)) in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (FM) l/4" 120mm1 thru 8" 1200mm11. Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171E & A-A-1 192A, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 10. Maximum Temperature: 650°F )343"C) Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Stainless Steel - - materials will be supplied with 121 hex nuts - in place of a knurl nut. Order By: Figure number and pipe size Designed to meet or exceed requirements of I II' FM DS 2-0. I I Li I I I I n I I SSS\ "S Fig. 200.1 to 200-2 Fig. 200-21/2 to 200-8 I Fig. 200C Fig. 200F Fig. 200 I Locknut Included BLllne I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 14 Fire Protection Solutions Beam Clamps Fig. 66 - Reversible Steel C-Type Beam Clamp 11/4" (31 .7mm) Throat Opening ®TPLCO Size Range: /8-l6, 1/2'-13 rod sizes, and 5/8"-11 rod sizes Material: Steel with hardened cup point set screw and jam nut jISTLO Function: Recommended for hanging from steel beam where flange thickness does not exceed 11/4' 131.7mm1. I LI I I I Features: All steel construction eliminates structural deficiencies associated with casting type beam clamps. May be used on top or bottom flange of beam. (Beveled lip allows hanging from top flange where clearance is limited.) May be installed with set screw in up or down position. Offset design permits unlimited rod adjustment by allowing the rod to be threaded completely through the clamp. Open design permits inspection of thread engagement. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Exceeds requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), pamphlet 13, /8-16 rod will support 1/2" )15mm) thru 4" (lOOmm) pipe 1/2"13 rod will support thru 8" 1200mm1 pipe Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number and finish 1 I I I Part Rod Size B C D E No. A in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 66-/8 3:1 (30.2) V/4"(31.7) 1" (25.4) - - /16" (11.1) J 66-1I2 1/2"-13 11/2" (39.1) 11/4" 131.71 1 125.4) /16" (14.3) 66-5/8 /8"-1i 11/2" (39.1) - 11/4" (31.7) i"(25.4) /16" (14.3) I Part No. F in. (mm) Approx. Wt./100 Lbs. (kg) 66-/8 28 (12.7) J I 16'518 66-1I2 11/4" (31.7) 11/4"(31.7( 55 (24.9) 55(24.9) I I n Hole Dia. D Length Part No. in. (mm) I LI8-1. /16" (30.1) Specify,.J 69-1/2-L /16" (30.1) Specify [69-5i 11/16"() Specy_] 69-I4-L 3/16" 163.51 Specify I I I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 16 Fire Protection Solutions I Beam Clamps I Fig. 69 - Beam Clamp Retaining Strap (B-Line B3361) ®TOLco Size Range: /8-16 thru /4'-10 rod YL I 4" (1 01 .6mm) thru 16' (406.4mm) lengths Note: longer lengths are available consult factory Material: Pre-Galvanized Steel I I I I Function: To offer more secure fastening of various types of beam clamps to beam where danger of movement might be expected. NFPA 13 requires the use of retaining straps with all beam clamps installed in earthquake areas. Satisfies requirements of NFPA 13. Important Note: Good installation practice of a retaining strap requires that the strap be held tightly and securely to all component parts of the assembly. Therefore a locking mechanism of some kind, such as a hex nut for the Fig. 69 will provide a more secure reliable installation. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved for use with any listed beam clamp. Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Figure number, length (L), and finish. Note: Minimum return on strap is 1" (25.4mm) For Use With: Any B-Line or TOLCO beam clamp. I I I I Seismic Bracing I Fig. 15 - Swivel Attachment ®TOL.CO Size Range: - 3/8"_1 6 Rod Attachment May be used as a structural attachment C®US Material: Steel component of a branch line restraint 'USTIO' Function: Recommended applications for this product: May be used as a Branch Line Restraint for structural attachment to Fig. 18 All Steel anchor bolt, beam clamp, etc. Ceiling Plate Fig. 15 Swivel May be used in a pitched or sloped roof application, to meet Attachment requirements of NFPA 13 (2010) 9.1.2.6. Fig 200 Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Adjustable All Threaded Rod Canada (cUl) to support up to 4' IlOOmmI pipe. Band Hanger Finish: Electro-Galvanized -1 Weight: Approx. Wt./1 00 - 13.3 Lbs. 16.Okgl Fig. 25 Surge Restrainer ..i_ Order By. Figure number Patent: #7,887,248 I Fig. 65XT Reversible Beam Clamp I Fig. 75 Swivel WAttachment -Beam All I Threaded Rod I May be used with a pitched roof application, to meet requirements of NFPA 13 (2010) Sec. 9.1.2.5. I Fig. 98 - Rod Stiffener I Fig. 98B - Rod Stiffener with Break-Off Bolt Head Size Range Secures 3/8"-16 thru 7/8'-9 hanger rod Material Steel l I Function Secures channel to hanger rod for vertical seismic bracing Slight -) distortion of the channel (strut) may occur upon installation of rod stiffeners. I Approvals: Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State Fig. 98 of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). E -... For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines Finish Electro Galvanized Contact B Line for alternative finishes and materials G Weight: Approx. Wt./1 00: Fig. 98 - 11.8 Lbs. 15.3k91 F 98B Fig. .. Fig. 98B - 12.7 Lbs. (5.7kg) Order By: Figure number Rod Maximum Rod Length Maximum Spacing Between Notes: • Size Without Rod Stiffener Rod Stiffeners L-1/81, 19" (482mm) 13" (330mm) J Rod stiffeners are required only on hanger and trapeze assemblies that have seismic bracing • 1 /2 25 (635mm) 18 1457mm) attached at or within 4" (101.6mm) of the rod. L /8" 31" (787mm) 23" (584mm) 1 A minimum of two rod stiffeners (Figure 98, 988, or 5C228) must be installed. I 3/4"37"(940mm)28"(711mm) Recommended torque on Figure 98 and 5C228 43"(0rn)33"(838m) is 8 ft-lbs. )10.8Nm) or finger tight and one full 1" 50" (1270mm) 38' (965mm) turn with a wrench. I r'1V4" 60" (1524mm) 43" 1092mm) 1 Figure 98B has the break off bolt head. .. -. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. L me I 48 Fire Protection Solutions ®TOLcXT Set I Inclu Mounting Hardware Is Not Included I Seismic Bracing Fig. 909 - No-Thread Swivel Sway Brace Attachment I Size Range: 1' (25mm) bracing pipe. For brace pipe sizes larger than 1' (25mm), use Fig. 980. Available with holes for 1,i2"13 thru /4"-10 fastener attachment. Material: Steel, hardened cone point set bolt I Function: The structural component of a sway and seismic bracing system. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. I NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. No threading of the bracing pipe is required. Open design allows for easy inspection of pipe engagement. Application Note: Fig. 909 is used in conjunction with the Fig. 1000, I Fig. 1001, Fig. 4A or Fig. 4L or other approved TOLCO attachment to pipe, and joined together with bracing pipe. Sway brace assemblies are intended to be installed in accordance with NFPA 13. The required type, number and size of fasteners used for the structure attachment fitting shall be in accordance I with NFPA 13, Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Installation Instructions: Fig. 909 is the structural or transitional attachment I component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the 'bracing pipe' and TOLCO 'braced pipe' attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 4A, or other approved TOLCO attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. I To Install: Place the Fig. 909 onto the bracing pipe. Tighten the set bolt until the head bottoms out on surface. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. I Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, fastener attachment size and finish. I I I Part Mounting Hole Brace Max. Design Approx. Number D Pipe Size A B Load W000 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) 909_1I2* 1 /32" (13.5) (25) 6" (152.4) 1/8" (41.3) 2015 (8.96) 91 (41.3) j I 909-/8 11/16" (17.5) 1" (25) 6" 1152.41 1/8" 141.31 2015 (8.96) 90 (40.8) 13/16" (20.6) 1" (25) 6" (152.4) 1/8" (41.3) 2015 (8.96) 89 (40.4) I Standard size. I Important! - For load information when using Fig. 909 with pre-installed or post-installed concrete anchors in, compliance with NFPA 13 (2016) or ASIDE 7-10, inclUding prying factors, see load tables on pages ALl thru AL21. Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Li -.' B Lune Fire Protection Solutions 63 Revised 11/30/2015 Pipe Size in. (mm) Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 1" (24mm) Brace Pipe 11I4" (32mm) Brace Pipe Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Design Load - Lbs. For Brace Pipe Size 1" / 11/4" Sch.1 Sch.10 Sch.40 1"! 11/4" 1"! F/t" 1"/ 11/4" j11j25l 1001-1 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X 11I4 118.0 (53.5) --I- 1000/1000 .._1000I i000j 11/4" (32) 1001_11/4 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1'/4 X 11/4 114.0 (51.7) 1000 / 1000 1000/1000 1000/ 1000 [11/2" (40) 1001-11/2 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-l'/2X 11/4 115.0 (52.1) 1000/ 1000 1500/1500 1500/ 1500] (50) 1001-2 X 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 154.81 1000/ 1000 2015/2015 2015/2015 [1/2" (65) 100121/2 X 138.6 (62.8) 1001-21/2 X 11/4 160.4 (72.7) 1600/1600 2015/2765 20-1572776-5 2765 ] (80) 1001-3 X 147.2 166.71 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 1600/ 1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 [4" 1100) 1001-4 X 160.9 (73.0) 1001-4 X 11/4 182.4 (82.7) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 ] 6" (150) 1001-6 X 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 1/4 211.4 (95.9) 1600 / 1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 [8"(200) 1 1001-8X 1 217.4 (98.6) 1 1001-8X 11/4 238.8 (108.3) 1600/ 1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 1 I I I I 1 I I I B4Lin I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Revised 51912014 70 Fire Protection Solutions Seismic Bracing I Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: V (25mm) thru 8' (200mm) IPS. Pipe size used for bracing: 1, (25mm) and 11/4" (32mm) Schedule 40 (PS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1' (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. USTED' I I I I I Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). For FM Approval information refer to page 71. Finish: Plain or Electro-Ga Ivan ized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing 11' (25mm) or 11/4" (32mm)), and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the UL Listing requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1' (25mm) thru 8' (200mm) IFS. I Pipe size used for bracing: V (25mm) and 11/4' (32mm) Schedule 40 (PS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. I The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. I Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IFS. Field adjustable, making critical pie-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Can be used as a component of a four-way riser brace. I Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom I out. A minimum of 1' (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). I For UL Listed information refer to page 70. Finish: Plain or E(ectro-Ga Ivan ized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe I size used for bracing (1° (25mm) or 11/4 (32mm)) and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the FM Approval requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only I with other TOLCO bracing products. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. APPROVED All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 71 BLiñ'ë I Seismic Bracing Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment ØToLccF Pipe Size in. (mm) Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 1" (24mm) Brace Pipe 11/4" (32mm) Brace Pipe Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Design Load• For Sch. 7, Sch. 10, & Sch. 40 Pipe Allowable Horizontal Capacity (lbf) Per Installation '3 0 300-440 450-590 600-74° 750.90 Lbs. lkNl Lbs. (kN) Lbs. lkN) Lbs. (kN) 1251 1001-1 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X 11/4 118.0 (53.5) 1800 (8.001 2550 (11.34) 3120 (13.88) 3490 (25.52) ] 11/4" 1321 1001_11/4 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/4 X 11/4 114.0 (51.7) 1230 (5.47) 1140 (7.74) 2140 (9.52( 2380 (10.58) [11 /2"l4Ql 1001-1'/2X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/2 X11/4 115.0 (52.1) 1230 (5.47) 1140 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380(10.58)] (50) 1001-2 X 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.9) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 21/2" (65) 1001 -21I2 X 1 138.6 (62.8) 1001 -21/2X11/4 160.4 (72.7) 800, (3.56) 1130 (5.02) 1380 (6.14) 1540 (6.8)] (80) 1001 -3 X 1 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) [4"(100) 1001-4 X 160.9 (73.0) 1001-4 X 11/4 182.4 182.71 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470(6.54) 1640 (7.29)] 6" (150) 1001-6 X 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11/4 211.4 (95.9) 510 (2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 8" (200) 1 1001-8 X 1 217.4 (98.6) 1 1001-8X1'/4 238.8 (108.3) 1 510(2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 1 FM Approved when used with 1 or 11/4 inch NIPS Schedule 40 GB/T 3091,EN 10255H, or JIS G3451 steel pipe as the brace member. 2 Load rating for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall Pipe commonly referred to as "Schedule 7'. These ratings may also be applied when EN 10220 and GB/I 8163 steel pipe. 3 Load rating for Schedule 10 above may be applied to GB/I 3092. EN 10255M and H, or JIS G3454, FM Approved Thinwall. or Schedule 40 steel pipes. Note: See UL load ratings in UL Listed Design Load chart shown under drawing. P: ~ ~ , \\Vx T I I I I 1 I I I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 32 Fire Protection Solutions -Pipe Clamps I B3140 - Standard Pipe Clamp (TOLCO Fig. 4) ®TOLCD B3140C - Standard Pipe Clamp PVC Coated (TOLCO Fig. 4PVC) u I Size Range: 133140/133140C Size 1/2 (15mm) thru 12. (300mm) pipe. LISTED. Material: Steel I Function: Recommended for the suspension of non-insulated pipe or insulated pipe with B3151 shields. (Use B3200 weldless eye nut, B3210 eye rod or B3211 welded eye rod.) B3140F and B3140C are Bolt Size designed to reduce noise and vibration and/or prevent electrolysis. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL), Canada I (cUL) 3/4" (20mm) - 12" (300mm), and approved by Factory Mutual / Engineering (FM), 3/4" (20mm) - 8" (200mm). Federal Specification I WW-H-171E & A-A-1192A, Type 4, and Manufacturers Standardization I Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 4. Note: For piping that requires sway bracing refer to Fig. 4A. ;B ~ Maximum Temperature: - 750°F (399°C) Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. I Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. Order Note: When ordering B3140F allow for /i" (4.8mm) felt on each half of clamp. I Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-0. I I B3140 B3140C I Pipe Approx. Part Size A B C Bolt Wt/100 No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Size lbs. (kg) B3140-1I2 1/2" (1 (9.5) 31/32" (24.6) 117/32" (38.9) /16"-l8 30 (13.6) j 83140-3/4 3/4" (20) /16" (14.3) 1/32" (27.8) 121/32" (42.0) 5/16-18 31 (14.0) B3140-1 1 1251 /16 (143) 15/16 (333) 1/8 (476) 5/16 18 33 (145) - I B3140-1'/411/4" (32) 17/32" (135) 1/16" (36.5) 2" (50.8) 5/16-18 39 (17.7) - B3140-1'/2 11/2" 140) 19/32" (15.1) 121/32" (42.01 2/32 (56.4) /16"-18 41 (18.6) B3140-2 (50) /16" (14.3) - 21/8" 154.01 2/4" 169.81 1/2"..13 118 (53.5) B3140-21/2 21/2 (65) /8 (159) 221/32 (675) - 3/32 (833) 1/2 13 130 (589) 1 I B3140-3 (75) /8" (15.9) 2/16" (74.6) 3/16" (90.5) 1/2"..13 150 (68.0) B3140-31/2 31/2' (90) 5N (15.9) 3/32" (80.1) 325/32" (96.0) 1/2 .13 158 (71.6) B3140-4 (100) 3/4" (19.0) 3 /16" (90.5) 4/16" (109.5) 5/811-11 239 (108.4) I B3140-5 (125) 3/4" (19.0) 41/8" (104.8) 47/8" (123.8) /8"-11 272)123.4) B3140-6 (150) 78" (22.2) 415/16" (125.4) 51 /16" (147.6) /4"-10 541 (245.4) I . B3140-8 B3140-1O 8" (200) 10" (250) 1" (25.4) - 1" (25.4) 61/16" (154.0) 73/8" (187.3) 6/16 (176.2) 811/16" (220.7) 3/4 -10 7/811.9 642 (291.2) 1366 (619.8) - 63140-12 12" (300) 1" (25.4) 8/16" (214.3) 93/4" (247.6) 7/811_9 1543 (699.9) . - L I Fig. 4A Pipe Clamp for Sway Bracing - Size Range: 4' (100mm) thru 8' (200mm) pipe. For sizes smaller than I 00mm) use 83140. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. I Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 4 (100mm) thru 8 (200mm). Installation Instructions: Fig. 4A is the 'braced pipe' attachment component of a longitudinal, lateral or riser brace assembly. It is intended to be combine I with the 'bracing pipe' and TOLCO transitional and structural attachment component(s) to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. ' To Install: Place the Fig. 4A over the pipe to be braced. Attach TOLCO transitional fitting, either Fig. 980, 910 or 909, to the clamp ears. Tighten bolts and nuts; torque requirement is a minimum of 50 ft/lbs. l68Nm1. Transitional fitting attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. I Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. uts Included I Seismic Bracing Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish I Note: Please refer to Fig. 4L for longitudinal brace applications for 2" (50mm) - 8" (200mm) pipe sizes. 47 Q Fig. 4A - Longitudinal - -------Brace I Pipe Max. Horizontal Approx. Part Size A B C D Bolt Design Load Wt./100 No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Size lbs. )kN) lbs. (kg) I [ 4A-4 (100) 81/2" (215.9) /16" (14.3) 3/8" (85.7) 311/16" (93.7) 1/2"_13 1600 (7.11) 221 (100.2) 1 4A-5 (125) 93/4" (247.6) /16" (14.3) 3/8" (98.4) 4 /8" (m.1) 1/2"_13 160017.111 253 1114.71 (150) 111/2" (292.1) /8" (15.9) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"13 2015 (8.96) 513 (232.7) ] I 4A-8 8" (200) 131/4" (336.5) 3/4" (19.0) 611/16" (169.9) 61 /8" 1155.61 1/2 .13 2015 18.961 601 1272.61 Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. - BLine Fire Protection Solutions 49 B4Lhë I Efflfiv All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 50 Fire Protection Solutions I Seismic Bracing Fig. 41 - Longitudinal in-Line Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 21/2" 165mm1 through 8" 1200mm1 pipe. For FM Approval information refer to page 51. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the braced pipe attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. I ØOi.cb USTE•D'1 St Rnit R. Ind,,dnd U I 4-Way Riser Brace (plan view) Longitudinal Brace Pipe Max. Rec. Load Approx. Part Size A C D Bolt Size (cUluc) Wt/100 No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) [41_21/2 21/2" (65) 6/16" (163.5) 21/2" (63.5) 23/4" (69.8) 1/2"13 2015 (8.96) 253 (114.7) ] 41-3 1801 1" (177.8) 2/4" (69.8) 31/16' (77.8) '/2-13 2015 (8.96) 268 (121.5) [41-4 (100) 81/2" (215.9) 3/8" (85.7) 311/16" (93.7) '/2-13 2015 (8.96) 348 (157.8) ] 41-5 11251 93/4" 1247.61 3/8" (98.4) 4/8" 11111) 1/2"..13 2015 (8.96) 380 (172.3) [L-6 (150) 11'/z" (292.1) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"..13 2015 (8.96) 6Z—(290.3) 4L-8 8" (200) 131/4" (336.5) 5/8" (142.8) 5/8" (142.9) 1/2"_13 2015 (8.96) 728 (330.2) I Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, I resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. 1 I L111 I I I 4-Way Riser Brace (plan view) APPROVED t Rnit F. H.rdrA Induded All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified Fire Protection Solutions 51 BLinë b* iiPNh Ii Seismic Bracing I Fig. 4L - Longitudinal In-Line Sway Brace Attachment ®TOLCQT Size Range: 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) (PS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) pipe. For UL Listed information refer to page 50. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or FM guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. Longitudinal Brace Part No. Pipe Size in. (mm) A in. (mm) C in. (mm) D in. (mm) Bolt Size 300 440 lbs. (kN) Max. Rec. Load (FM) 450590 600-140 lbs. )kN) lbs. (kN) 150-900 lbs. )kN) Approx. Wt./100 lbs. (kg) 4L-21/i 6/16" 1163.51 21/2" (63.5) 2/4" (698)1/2.13 1030 (4.58) 1180 (5.24) 1420(6.31) 1590 (7.07) 253 (114.7) ] 40 (80) 7" (177.8) 2/4" (69.8) 31/16" (77.8) V2"-13 1030 (4.58) 1180)5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.07) 268 (121.5) 414 (100) 81/2" (215.9) 3/8" (85.7) 311/16(93.7) '/2-13 530(2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 348 (157.8) 1 41-5 11251 93/4" 1247.61 3/8" (98.4) 4/8" (111.1) 1/2"..13 530 (2.36) 730 13.251 890 13.961 990 (4.40) 380 (172.3) [41-6 (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/"..13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 640 (290.3) 1 41-8 8" (200) 131/4" (336.5) 5/8" (142.8) 5/8" (142.9) 1/2"_13 490 (2.18) 680 (3.02) 830 (3.69) 930 (4.13) 728 (330.2) FM Approved when used with 1", 11/4", 1 1," or 2" Sch. 40 brace pipe. FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method. 1 Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in I B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. 1 I I 111 I I I Ii I I I I I I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 58 Fire Protection Solutions I Seismic Bracing Fig. 828 - Universal Sway Brace Attachment to Steel ®TOLGD Size Range: One size accommodates all Fig. 900 Series sway brace attachments. Fits from /8" 19.4mm1 to /8" 122.2mm1 thick steel structure. For thicknesses less than /8" 19.4mm1 refer to Fig. 825 and Fig. 825A. UTEO Material: Steel Cone Point Set Bolts A Function: To attach sway bracing to various types of steel structural members. Features: Permits secure non-friction connection without drilling or welding. Unique design allows offset placement on wide flange beam, I-beam, C-channel, open web, Set Bolts welded steel trusses, etc.. Secures brace to structure either across or along the Included beam. Break-off set bolts allow for visual verification of proper installation torque. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). For FM Approval information refer to page 59. Installation Instructions: The Fig. 828 is the structural attachment Cone Point component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended Set Bolt B to be combined with a TOLCO transitional attachment, 'bracing pipe' and a TOLCO 'braced pipe' attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines UL Horizontal Design Load should be followed. Maximum Design Load Across Beam To Install: Place the Fig. 828 on the flange of the beam, truss, or girder. Be sure the 2015 lbs. 18.96kNI attachment is fully engaged to the rear of the opening. Tighten the cone point Maximum Design Load Along Beam set bolts (A) until the heads break off. Tighten the cone point set bolt (B) until the head breaks off. Remove the flange nut from set bolt (B). Install a TOLCO swivel L 2015 lbs. 18,96kNI fitting (Fig. 980, 910, 909, or any other TOLCO approved transitional fitting). Use flange nut to secue the swivel fitting. I Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized Approx. Weight/100: 275 Lbs. 1124.7kg1 Order By: Figure number and finish Patent #6,098,942, #8,534,625 Canada Patent #2,286,659 Patent Pending a:::: Beam, truss, Beam, truss, or girder I or girder Fig. 828 wit : y pivot in any 828 Shown Fig. 980 direction Shown with Fig. 980 1 Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, I resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. I APPROVED Cone Point • Set Bolts A AMA Set Bolts rh Included Cone Point Set Bolt B I Seismic Bracing ®TOLCO Fig. 828 - Universal Sway Brace Attachment to Steel Size Range: One size accommodates all Fig. 900 Series sway brace attachments. Fits from /8" 19.4mm1 to /8" 122.2mm1 thick steel structure. For thicknesses less than /8" 19.4mm1 refer to Fig. 825. Material: Steel Function: To attach sway bracing to various types of steel structural members Features: Permits secure non-friction connection without drilling or welding. Unique design allows offset placement on wide flange beam, I-beam, C-channel, open web, welded steel trusses, etc.. Secures brace to structure either across or along the beam. Break-off set bolts allow for visual verification of proper installation torque. Approvals: Factory Mutual Approved (FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 58. Installation Instructions: The Fig. 828 is the structural attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with a TOLCO transitional attachment, "bracing pipe" and a TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 828 on the flange of the beam, truss, or girder. Be sure the attachment is fully engaged to the rear of the opening. Tighten the cone point set bolts (A) until the heads break off. Tighten the cone point set bolt (B) until the head breaks off. Remove the flange nut from set bolt (B). Install a TOLCO swivel fitting Fig. 980 or any other TOLCO approved transitional fitting). Use flange nut to secure the swivel fitting. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized Approx. Weight/100: 275 Lbs. 1124.7kg1 Order By: Figure number and finish Patent #6,098,942, #8,534,625 Canada Patent #2,286,659 Patent Pending Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. FM Approved Allowable Horizontal Load* With Brace Perpendicular To Beam Brace Angle (degrees from vertical) 30°-440 450590 600-740 750 900 :::::::J 1570 2220 1210 700 Beam, truss, (6.98kN) . 19.87kNl (5.38kN) (3,11kN) or girder Fig. 828 FM Approved Allowable Horizontal Load* With Brace Parallel To Beam S W May pivot in any Brace Angle (degrees from vertical) Fig. 980 direction 3044 45-590 60°-740 750 900 690 970 1210 1330 / 13.07kNl (4.31M) 15.38kNl (5.91 kN) FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method. I I I I I I I I I ------------------------ Beam, truss, or girder .1 - Fig. 828 Shown with Fig. 980 Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products-not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. BLine Fire Protection Solutions 59 I ?owers I FASTENING INNOVATIONS GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION CONTENTS SNAKE+® Internally Threaded Screw Anchor The Snake+ anchor is an internally threaded, self-tapping screw anchor designed for performance in cracked and uncracked concrete. Suitable base materials include normal-weight concrete, sand-lightweight concrete and concrete over steel deck. The Snake+ screw anchor is installed into a drilled hole with a power tool and a Snake+ setting tool. After installation a steel element is threaded into the anchor body. Suspending conduit, cable trays and strut • Pipe supports Interior applications/low level • Seismic and wind loading applications corrosion environment • Fire sprinklers Tension zone areas • Suspended lighting + Cracked concrete approved alternative to a dropin anchor + Designed for use in holes drilled with standard ANSI carbide drill bits + Anchor design allows for shallow embedment and mechanically interlocks with base material + Internally threaded anchor for easy adjustment and removability of threaded rod or bolt + Fast anchor installation with a powered impact wrench + Hammer not used for installation I . International Code Council, Evaluation Service (ICC-ES), ESR-2272 for concrete. Code compliant with the 2015 IBC, 2015 IRC, 2012 IBC, 2012 IRC, 2009 IBC, 2009 IRC, 2006 IBC, and 2006 IRC. Tested in accordance with ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC 193 for use in structural concrete under the design provisions of ACI 318 (Strength Design method using Appendix D) I . Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in cracked and uncracked concrete including seismic and wind loading (Category 1 anchor) Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory I for reliability against brittle failure, e.g. hydrogen embrittlement Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for supplemental recognition in redundant fastening applications I . FM Global (Factory Mutual) - File No. 3038104 (see report for sizes) www.approvalguide.com - Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems I CSI Divisions: 03 16 00 - Concrete Anchors and 05 0509 - Post-Installed Concrete Anchors. Internally threaded anchors shall be Snake+ as supplied by Powers Fasteners, Inc., Brewster, NY. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with published instructions and the Authority Having I Jurisdiction. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS I Anchor Component Specification Anchor Body I case hardened carbon steel I Plating Zinc plating according to ASTM B633, SC I, Type Ill (Fe/Zn 5) I Minimum plating requirement for Mild Service condition I 1 General Information......................1 Material Specifications.................1 Installation Specifications............2 Installation Instructions................3 Performance Data..........................4 Installation Specifications............8 Ordering Information....................9 INTERNAL THREAD VERSION Unified coarse thread (UNC) . ANCHOR MATERIALS + Lu Zinc plated carbon steel body ;QJ ANCHOR SIZE RANGE (TYP.) ..- 1/4", 3/8' and 1/2" diameters - SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS Co . Normal-weight concrete Sand-lightweight concrete Concrete over steel deck . H I ODE LISTED cc-Es_ESR-2272 CONCRETE This Product Available In Powers Design Assist® Real-Time Anchor Design Software www.powersdesignassist.com www.powers.com I I I LI I I I I I ?owers INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS edge distance (mmCritical Cacdetktp in.Not Applicable'(6) Not applicable Minimum edge distance C ikdeedLtop in.Not Applicable' (6) Not applicable Minimum spacing distance Srivdeck,top Not Applicable'(76) Not applicable The information presented in this table into be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318 Appendix D. For installations through the soffit of steel deck into concrete, see installation detail. Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from center of the flute. In addition, anchors shall have an axial spacing along the flute equal to the greater of 3he1 or 1.5 times the flute width. The notation in parenthesis is for the 2009 IBC. The 1/4-inch diameter anchor is limited to redundant fastening design only. For 3/8-inch diameters installed in the topside of concrete-filled steel deck assemblies, steel installation detail. Dimensional Sketch for Snake+ Screw Anchor Installed with Steel Insert Element Do not exceed I 2 www.powers.com I ?owers. FASTENING INNOVATIONS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Using the proper drill bit size, drill Select a powered impact wrench Drive the anchor into the hole Insert threaded rod or a bolt into a hole into the base material to the that does not exceed the maximum until the shoulder of the Snake+ the Snake+, taking care not to required depth. The tolerances torque, T0, for the selected anchor setting tool comes into contact exceed the maximum specified of the carbide drill bit used diameter. Attach the Snake+ setting with the surface of the base tightening torque of the steel should meet the requirements tool supplied by Powers Fasteners material. Do not spin the setting insert element, Tow. Minimum of ANSI Standard B212.15. to the impact wrench. Mount the tool off the anchor to disengage. thread engagement should be anchor onto the setting tool. at least one anchor diameter installation Detail ?or snaice+ in tne iopsuae 01 Loncrete-i-uilea bteei DECK Tioor ana 1(001 Rssemmues' 1. 318-inch diameter anchors may be placed in the topside of steel deck SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 2,SOO PSI) profiles provided the minimum topping thickness, minimum spacing Snake. Anchor distance and minimum edge distance are satisfied. .'..:.'•. .......................... max 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 r r 3.:1 Mm. 4-112* (lyp) Mm. 12' CC. (Typl Upper Flute (Valley)- Lower Flute (Ridge)—1 No. 20 Gage steel Deck Installation Detail for Snake+ Installed in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck floor and Roof Assemblies' STRUCTURAL SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL Deck (MINIMUM 3.000 PSI) tin. 3' ClearanceMin. ,,- Upper Flute (Alley) .y..c.' e Auypl\ Mn 4112 \chor 3" Min. 4-1/2' T Min. 12')Typ) Lower Flute (Rdge) No. 20 Gage Steel Deck Mm. Flute Edge 1. Anchors may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck profiles provided in minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute maybe installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. www.powers.com 3 Nominal Anchor Diameter Design Characteristic Notation Units 318 inch' lIZ inch. Anchor category 1,2 or 3 - 1 1 Nominal embedment depth hm in. (41) 216 STEEL STRENGTH IN TENSION' ksi ASTM A36 36.0 2 Minimum specified yield strength of steel insert element fy ASTM A193, 105.0 (N/) Grade B7 (724) - Minimum specified ultimate strength ksi ASTM A36 58.0 (400) ASTM A193, 125.0 of steel insert element (N/mm') Grade 87 (862) - Effective tensile stress area of steel insert element 0.0775 0.1419 lb ASTM A36 4.495 (20.0) 8,230 (37.0) Steel strength in tension N (kN) ASTM A193, 9,685 Grade B7 (43.1) - Reduction factor for steel strength-' - 0.65 CONCRETE BREAKOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION' Effective embedment het in. (mm) 1.10 (28) 1.54 (39) Effectiveness factor for uncracked concrete k, - 24 30 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete - 17 24 Modification factor for cracked and uncracked concrete, - Cracked concrete = 1.0 Uncracked concrete = 1.0 Critical edge distance c in. (76) (102) Reduction factor for concrete breakout strength' 1 0 1 - Condition B = 0.65 PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION (NON-SEISMIC APPLICATIONS)- Characteristic pullout strength, Np.wa lb See note 7 See note 7 uncracked concrete (2,500 psi)' (kN) Characteristic pullout strength, N lb s t 7 See note 1,665 cracked concrete (2,500 psi), (kN) (7.4) Reduction factor for pullout strength, - I 0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS' Characteristic pullout strength, seismic (2,500 psi),., Npeq lb See note 7 1,665 Reduction factor for pullout strength' - Condition B = 0.65 PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR SOFFIT OF SAND-LIGHT WEIGHT AND NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK Characteristic pullout strength, Np.deckuna lb 1,515 1,625 uncracked concrete over steel deck" (kN) (6.7) (7.2) Characteristic pullout strength, Npdedw lb 1,075 1,300 cracked concrete over steel deck,,"(kN) (4.8) (5.8) Characteristic pullout strength, N lb 1,075 1,300 cracked concrete over steel deck, seismic'6 ° (kN) (4.8) (5.8) Reduction factor for pullout strength, - Condition B - 065 concrete over steel deck, '1' - The data in this table is intended lobe used with the design provisions of ACI 318 Appendix D; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of Section D.3.3 shall apply. Installation must comply with published instructions and details. M values of 0 were determined from the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 Section 0.4.4. For reinforcement that meets ACI 318 Appendix D requirements for condition A, see ACI 318-11 D.4.3 for appropriate 0 factor. Itit assumed that the threaded rod or bolt used with the Snake+ anchor will be a steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section Dl. However, the anchor steel is considered a brittle steel element in tension as defined by ACI 318. D. 1. Tabulated values for steel strength in tension must be used for design. For all design cases use t31/sx = 1.0. Select appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete (k( or uncracked concrete (k=). For all design cases use YAP= 1.0. For concrete compressive strength greater than 2,500 psi, Npn = (Pullout strength value from table)*(specified concrete compressive strength/2500)65. For concrete over steel deck the value of 2,500 must be replaced with the value of 3,000. Pullout strength will not control design of indicated anchors. Do not calculate pullout strength for indicated anchor size and embedment. Anchors are permitted to be used in sand-lightweight concrete provided that Nb and N3 are multiplied by a factor of 0.60 (not required for steel deck). Reported values for characteristic pullout strength in tension for seismic applications are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.5. Values for N4,t are for sand-lightweight concrete (f',v, = 3,000 psi) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318 Section 0.5.2 is not required for anchors installed in the flute (soffit). The notation in brackets is for the 2006 113C. I I ?owers PERFORMANCE DATA FASTENING INNOVATIONS PERFORMANCE DATA Tension Design Information (For use with load combinations taken from ACI 318 Section 9.2)1.1 v.powers.com ?owers. PERFORMANCE DATA FASTENING INNOVATIONS ASTM A36 770 1,995 Steel strength in shear, concrete over steel deck, seismic' (kN) ASTM A193, 1,665 Grade B7 (7.4) - Reduction factor for pullout strength' - Condition B = 0.60 The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318 Appendix D; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACI 318 D.3.3 shall apply. Installation must comply with published instructions and details. All values of 0 were determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2. or ACI 318 Section 9.2. If the load combinations-of ACI 318 Appendix Care used, the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 0.4.4. For reinforcement that meets ACI 318 Appendix D requirements for Condition A, see ACI 318-11, D.4.3 for the appropriate çô factor. It is assumed that the threaded rod or bolt used with the Snake+ anchor will be a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D. 1. Tabulated values for steel strength in shear must be used for design. These tabulated values are lower than calculated results using equation 0-29 in ACI 318-11 (DC-20 is ACI 318-08 and ACI 318-05) and ACI 318 D.6.1.2. Anchors are permitted to be used in sand-lightweight concrete provided that Vv is multiplied by a factor of 0.60 (not required for steel deck).. Tabulated values for steel strength in shear are for seismic applications and based on test results in accordance with ACI 355.2 Section 9.6. Tabulated values for V.at are for sand-lightweight concrete (f'= = 3,000 psi) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318 0.6.2 and the ptyout capacity in accordance with ACI 318 0.6.3 are not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit (flute). Shear loads for anchors installed through steel deck into concrete may be applied in any direction. 10.The notation in parenthesis is for the 2006 IBC. www.powers.com 1 I 11 I I I I I 1 I LI I I I I I [1 and Shear Design Strengths Installed in Cracked Concrete Nominal Anchor, Size (in.) Nominal Embed. l (in.) Steel Insert Element (Threaded Rod or Bolt) Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength. f'c -- I 2.500 I3,000 - 4.000 6.000 I 8,000 I 5Nn Tension (lbs.) Shear (lbs.) iNn Tension (lbs.) évn Shear (lbs.) 5Nn Tension (lbs.) QSVn Shear (lbs.) 4INn Tension (lbs.) Shear (lbs.) q5Nn (bVn Tension I Shear (lbs.) I (lbs.) 3/8 1-5/8 ASTM A36 635 iSIS 700 of 805 SIi 985 iSIS 1,140 ISIS ASTM A193 Grade 137 635 685 700 750 805 870 985 1,065 1,140 A!11 1/2 2-3/16 ASTM A36 1,080 1,185 1,370 1,675 1,935 0- Anchor PullouUPout Strength Controls 0- Concrete Breakout Strength Controls • - Steel Strength Controls 1 ?owers PERFORMANCE DATA FASTENING INNOVATIONS Factored Design Strength (ONn And OV) Calculated In Accordance With ACI 318 Appendix D: 1- Tabular values are provided for illustration and are applicable for single anchors installed in normal- weight concrete with minimum slab thickness, h = and with the following conditions: co is greater than or equal to the critical edge distance, cc (table values based on ci = ce,). - ca2 is greater than or equal to 1.5 times car. :•• 'a•; 2- Calculations were performed according to ACI 318-11 Appendix D. The load level corresponding to the controlling failure mode is listed. (e.g. For tension: steel, concrete breakout and pullout; For shear: steel, concrete breakout and pout). Furthermore, the capacities for concrete breakout strength in tension and pryout strength in shear are calculated using the effective embedment values, hef, for the selected anchors as noted in the design information tables. Please also reference the installation specifications for ' more information. ha 3 Strength reduction factors (0) were based on ACI 318 Section 92 for load combinations Condition B is assumed. •:-i.' .':'-- .:'--' 4 Tabular values are permitted for static loads only, seismic loading is not considered with these tables For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318 Appendix D. Interpolation is not permitted to be used with the tabular values. For intermediate base material compressive strengths please see ACI 318 Appendix D. For other design conditions including seismic considerations please see ACI 318 Appendix D. Tension and Shear Design Strengths Installed in Uncracked Concrete Steel Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength. f'c (psi) I 2.500 I 3,000 I 6,000 8,000 Nominal Nominal Insert Anchor Embed. Element qNn Vn - çbNn - Vn çb çbNn Vn Øn Vn I I I Size h... (Threaded (in.) (in.) Rod OF Tension Tension Ten Tension Sear Tension Sear I j5te.r Bolt) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) A36 900 iSS 985 iSIS (l (lbs.) bs. (lbs.) bs.) ASTM 1,1,395 'ISS 1,610 i$S ji 318 1-5/8 ASTM A193 Grade B7 900 970 985 1 060 1, 1,395 1,610 A!XI 2-3/16 ASTM A36 =1,865 ____ 1/2 2,040 , 2,2,885 W 3,335 0- Anchor Pullout/Pryout Strength Controls U - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls • - Steel Strength Controls I I I I I I 6 www.powers.com I ?owers FASTENING INNOVATIONS PERFORMANCE DATA I For an anchoring system designed with redundancy, the load maintained by an anchor that experiences failure or excessive deflection can I be transmitted to neighboring anchors without significant consequences to the fixture or remaining resistance of the anchoring system. In addition to the requirements for anchors, the fixture being attached shall be able to resist the forces acting on it assuming one of the fixing points is not carrying load. It is assumed that by adhering to the limits placed on n1, n2 and n3 below, redundancy will be satisfied. I Anchors qualified for redundant applications may be designed for use in normal weight and sand-lightweight cracked and uncracked concrete. Concrete compressive strength of 2,500 psi shall be used for design. No increase in anchor capacity is permitted for concrete compressive strengths greater than 2,500 psi. The anchor installation is limited to concrete with a compressive strength of 8,500 psi or less. I Redundant applications shall be limited to structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories A or B only. Redundant applications shall be limited to support of nonstructural elements. I Number of Anchorage Points an1 0 0 I I I Least I =At Anchor I n3 n 0 Point Per I Strength Design (Redundant Fastening): Allowable Stress Design (Redundant Fastening): For strength design, a redundant system is achieved by specifying Design values for use with allowable stress design shall be I and limiting the following variables established taking Rd,ASD - • F ni = the total number of anchorage points supporting the - 'ra 04 linear element = number of anchors per anchorage point I Where o is the conversion factor calculated as the weighted n3 = factored load at each anchorage point lbs. using load average of the load factors from the controlling load combination. combinations from BC Section 1605.2.1 or 318 The conversion factor, 0 is equal to 1.4 assuming all dead load. Section 9.2 Strength Design (SD) Design values for use with strength design shall be established taking 5ra • Era. See redundant fastening design information table for Snake+ design resistance. I I I I I I www.powers.com 7 Ii I Anchor Property! Notation Nominal Anchor Size -- -. 318" 1I2" Setting Information.114" Nominal drill bit diameter due in. 3/8 ANSI 1/2 ANSI 3/4 ANSI Nominal embedment depth hnom in. (mm) 1-5/8 (41) 1-5/8 (41) 2-3/16 (55) Effective embedment he in. (mm) 1.10 (28) 1.10 (28) 1.54 (39) Minimum hole depth h0 in. (mm) 2 (51) 2 (51) 2-1/2 (64) Minimum concrete member thickness hmu, in. (mm) Units - 3 (76.2) 3 (76.2) 3 (76.2) Overall anchor legnth " in. (mm) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) 1-11/16 (43) Minimum edge distance, redundant fastening' = in. (mm) 4 (102) 4 (102) 4 (102) Minimum spacing distance, redundant fastening' sm in. (mm) 8 (203) 8 (203) 8 (203) Maximum tightening torque of steel insert ft-lb. 4 8 36 element (threaded rod or bolt) (N-m) (6) (11) (49) Maximum impact wrench power (torque) ft-lb. (N-m) 120 (163) 345 (468) 345 (468) 1. Tabulated minimum spacing and edge distances are applicable only for redundant fastening applications. Redundant Fastening Design Information for Snake+ Anchors','-' Anchor Property! Setting Information Notion Units - Nominal Anchor Size - - 114" 318' 112" Anchor category 1,2 or 3 - 1 1 1 Nominal embedment depth hnom in. (mm) 1-5/8 (41) 1-5/8 (41) 2-3/16 (55) CHARACTERISTIC STRENGTH (RESISTANCE) INSTALLED IN CONCRETE' - Number of Number of Number of Resistance, cracked or uncracked concrete (2,500psi) F " lb (kN) anchorage points anchorage points anchorage points n, 2t 4 n, ~ 3 n, a 4 n, ;-, 3 n, ~ 4 n, ? 3 550 I 360 675 450 675 450 (2.5) [ (1.6) (3.0) (2.0) (3.0) (2.0) Effective tensile stress area 4i, - 0.65 CHARACTERISTIC STRENGTH (RESISTANCE) FOR SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK' Number of Number of Number of Resistance, cracked or uncracked concrete over steel deck (2500 psi) F " lb (kN) anchorage points anchorage points anchorage points n, ,e 4 n 2t 3 n, 2t 4 n, 2t 3 n, ;_~ 4 n, ~! 3 550 360 f 675 450 675 450 (2.5) (1.6) (3.0) (2.0) (3.0) (2.0) Strength reduction factor' q5, - 0.65 The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of this product; loads may be applied in any direction. Installation must comply with published instructions and details. All values of 0were determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2.1, or ACI 318 Section 9.2. It is assumed that the threaded rod or bolt used with the Snake+ anchor has minimum specified properties as listed in the table above or an equivalent steel element. Anchors are permitted to be used in structural sand-lightweight concrete, provided the resistance value is multiplied by 0.6. I I ?owers INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS FASTENING INNOVATIONS INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Installation Information for Snake+ Screw Anchor in Redundant Fastening Applications www.powers.com I I I I I I I I I I I I I ?owers FASTENING INNOVATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION Ultimate Tension Load Capacities for Snake+ in Normal-Weiciht Uncracked Concrete 1.1.1.4 Minimum Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength ft = 2.500 psi (17.2 MPa) t'c = 3.000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c = 6,000 psi (41.4 MPa) Nominal Anchor Embedment Diameter Depth in.Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear in. (mm). .lbs. .. Ibs. ,.Ibs...,. ....lbs. (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) 1/4 1-5/8 2,130 1,045 2,335 1,045 (41) (9.5) (4.6) (10.4) (4.6) - - 3/8 1-5/8 2,165 1,045 2,370 1,045 3,190 1,045 (41) (9.7) (4.6) (10.6) (4.6) (14.2) (4.6) 1/2 2-3/16 5,590 2,050 6,125 2,050 7,240 2,050 ss (24.9) (9.1) (27.3) (9.1) (32.0) (9.1) Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in concrete. Concrete compressive strength must be at the specified minimum at the time of installation. Ultimate load capacities must be reduced by a minimum safety factor of 4.0 or greater to determine allowable working load. The tabulated load values are applicable to single anchors in uncracked concrete installed at critical spacing distance between anchors and at critical edge distance. Ultimate shear capacity is controlled by steel strength of ASTM A36 element (or equivalent). ORDERING INFORMATION Carbon Steel Snake+ Screw Anchor Cat. No. Anchor Size Embedment Internal Thread Depth Std. Box' Std. Ctn. 6400SD 1/4 1-5/8' 11/32" 100 1,000 6401SD 3/8 1-518" 23/32" 50 500 6403SD 1/2' 2-1/2" 15/16" 50 300 1. Each box comes with one free setting tool Settino Tool for Snake+ Screw Anchor Cat. No. Anchor Size Std. Ctn. 6402SD 1/4' 1 6407SD 3/8" 1 6404SD 1/2" 1 iw.powerS.corr 9